The MIC field is now a variable length field, so make FTE generation in
hostapd aware of the two different field lengths.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The MIC field is now a variable length field, so make FTE generation in
wpa_supplicant aware of the two different field lengths.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This defines key lengths for SHA384-based FT AKM and handles writing and
parsing for RSNE AKMs with the new value.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The new label string for TLS-Exporter was taken into use for MSK
derivation, but it was missed from EMSK deriation in the server side
implementation.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The label strings used for deriving Key_Material with TLS v1.3 were
changed, so update the implementation to match the new values.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
New WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS have been added but corresponding lookup
strings for driver_flags command were never added. Add the
missing strings.
Signed-off-by: Mikael Kanstrup <mikael.kanstrup@sony.com>
If time_advertisement=2 is included in hostapd configuration, but
time_zone is unset, the previous implementation tried to write the Time
Zone element into management frames. This resulted in segmentation fault
when trying to dereference a NULL pointer. Fix that by skipping addition
of this element when time_zone parameter is not set.
Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de>
Add mesh type to nl80211 channel switch request, so mesh is able to send
the request to kernel drivers.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <peter.oh@bowerswilkins.com>
This allows a single BSS/SSID to be used for both data connection and
OSU. In wpa_supplicant configuration, the current proto=OSEN
key_mgmt=OSEN combination is now allowing both the old separate OSEN
BSS/IE and the new RSN-OSEN to be used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
This allows a single BSS/SSID to be used for both data connection and
OSU. Instead of hostapd configuration osen=1, wpa_key_mgmt=OSEN (or more
likely, wpa_key_mgmt=WPA-EAP OSEN) is used to enable this new option.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
Before calling HW macsec driver API, be_to_host16() should be used to
reverse the SCI port byte order. This was broken as part of the mka API
changes.
Fixes: 8ebfc7c2ba ("mka: Pass full structures down to macsec drivers' transmit SC ops")
Signed-off-by: xiaofeis <xiaofeis@codeaurora.org>
Run through the hunting-and-pecking loop 40 times to mask the time
necessary to find PWE. The odds of PWE not being found in 40 loops is
roughly 1 in 1 trillion.
Signed-off-by: Dan Harkins <dharkins@lounge.org>
Aborty processing if ID exchange processing is entered twice
unexpectedly. This avoids memory leaks in the function.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
These changes add support for salted password databases to EAP-pwd per
RFC 8146. This commits introduces the framework for enabling this and
the actual salting mechanisms are introduced in the following commits.
Signed-off-by: Dan Harkins <dharkins@lounge.org>
There is no need to do this during the ID exchange, so move PWE
deriation into the following commit exchange in preparation for adding
support for salted passwords.
Signed-off-by: Dan Harkins <dharkins@lounge.org>
These changes add support for salted password databases to EAP-pwd per
RFC 8146. This commits introduces the framework for enabling this and
the salting mechanisms based on SHA-1, SHA256, and SHA512 hash
algorithms.
Signed-off-by: Dan Harkins <dharkins@lounge.org>
This commit adds a new vendor command attribute
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_GTX in
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SET_WIFI_CONFIGURATION to enable/disable green
Tx power saving feature.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
Move enum fst_reason to be a top level type, since it is used as
argument in the function fst_reason_name() and having it as nested
type caused a compile error when fst_ctrl_aux.h was included from
a C++ source file.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <liord@codeaurora.org>
This extends the SAE implementation in both infrastructure and mesh BSS
cases to allow an optional Password Identifier to be used. This uses the
mechanism added in P802.11REVmd/D1.0. The Password Identifier is
configured in a wpa_supplicant network profile as a new string parameter
sae_password_id. In hostapd configuration, the existing sae_password
parameter has been extended to allow the password identifier (and also a
peer MAC address) to be set. In addition, multiple sae_password entries
can now be provided to hostapd to allow multiple per-peer and
per-identifier passwords to be set.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
Add NAN attributes to communicate IPv6 address, port, and protocol
between wifihal and host driver.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
The n argument to this function is number of bits, not bytes, to shift.
As such, need to use mp_rshb() instead of mp_rshd(). This fixes EAP-pwd
with P-521 curve.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
Previously, hostapd CHAN_SWITCH command did not effect VHT configuration
for the following:
When VHT is currently disabled (ieee80211ac=0),
1. hostapd_cli -p /var/run/hostapd chan_switch 10 5180 \
sec_channel_offset=1 center_freq1=5190 bandwidth=40 ht
====> Comes up in HT40
2. hostapd_cli -p /var/run/hostapd chan_switch 10 5765 \
sec_channel_offset=-1 center_freq1=5775 bandwidth=40 vht
====> Comes up in HT40
3. hostapd_cli -p /var/run/hostapd chan_switch 10 5200 center_freq1=5200 \
bandwidth=20 vht
====> Comes up in HT20
When VHT is currently enabled (ieee80211ac=1),
1. hostapd_cli -p /var/run/hostapd chan_switch 10 5180 \
sec_channel_offset=1 center_freq1=5190 bandwidth=40 ht
====> Comes up in VHT40
2. hostapd_cli -p /var/run/hostapd chan_switch 10 5200 center_freq1=5200 \
bandwidth=20 ht
====> Comes up in VHT20
This is since VHT config from chan_switch is processed only for
bandwidths 80 and above (80P80, 160) and for VHT20, VHT40 cases, only
NLA chan type and chan width are updated.
There is no NL attribute for determining if it is HT or VHT for
bandwidths 20 & 40 and currently they are updated as HT20, HT40 (+ or -
depending on offset). Same is notified back via
NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY.
Instead of adding new NL attribute for tracking HT/VHT enabled config,
we are adding new hostapd VHT config parameter to save the chan_switch
config and use only for chan_switch case of VHT20 and VHT40.
Tested with all combinations of chan_switch (noHT->20->40->80->) HT/VHT
and confirmed to be working.
Signed-off-by: Sathishkumar Muruganandam <murugana@codeaurora.org>
When the channel time is zero the interference factor calculation falls
under divide by zero operation which results in invalid (NaN =
not-a-number) interference factor value. This leads to wrong ideal
channel selection in ACS during the scenario described below.
Scenario:
In VHT80 mode, the channel 36 (first channel) gets the channel time as
zero which causes the interfactor factor to be an invalid number (NaN).
Any operations (like addition, mulitplication, divide, etc.) with NaN
value results in a NaN value, so that average factor for the primary
channel 36 got the invalid value (NaN). Since channel 36 is the first
channel, ideal factor is assigned as NaN in the first iteration. The
following iteration condition check (factor < ideal_factor) with a NaN
value fail for all other primary channels. This results in channel 36
being chosen as the ideal channel in ACS which holds a NaN value.
Logs:
ACS: Survey analysis for channel 36 (5180 MHz)
ACS: 1: min_nf=-103 interference_factor=nan nf=0 time=0 busy=0 rx=0
ACS: 2: min_nf=-103 interference_factor=0.615385 nf=-102 time=13 busy=8 rx=0
ACS: 3: min_nf=-103 interference_factor=2.45455 nf=0 time=22 busy=16 rx=0
ACS: 4: min_nf=-103 interference_factor=0.785714 nf=-103 time=42 busy=33 rx=0
ACS: 5: min_nf=-103 interference_factor=nan nf=0 time=0 busy=0 rx=0
ACS: * interference factor average: nan
...
ACS: * channel 36: total interference = nan
..
ACS: * channel 149: total interference = 5.93174e-21
..
ACS: Ideal channel is 36 (5180 MHz) with total interference factor of nan
Signed-off-by: Karthikeyan Periyasamy <periyasa@codeaurora.org>
Over time a number of style issues have crept into qca-vendor.h,
so fix most of them. There are some identifiers and comments which
exceed 80 columns, but these are left as-is for readability.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
This can be used to determine which mechanism to use for configuring
country code from trusted sources.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
Add a new wifi test config QCA vendor attribute to configure Tx
beamformee in the driver. This is used for testbed configuration.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
The first two parameters to readlink() are marked restricted and at
least gcc 8.2 warns about used the same pointer for then, so avoid this
by using separate buffers for the pathname and response buffer.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
Reword the comments to make gcc 8.1 recognize these as designed cases
and not trigger implicit-fallthrough warnings.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
Implement tls_connection_get_eap_fast_key() using cryptographic
primitives as wolfSSL implements different spec.
Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
Depend on proper wolfSSL configuration instead of trying to define these
build configuration values externally.
Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
Use the correct intermediate result from mp_sqrmod() in the following
mp_mulmod() call (t is not initialized here; it is used only after this
step).
Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
Provide full uncompressed DER data length to wc_ecc_import_point_der()
even though a compressed form is used here. In addition, use
ECC_POINT_COMP_* defined values to make this more readable.
Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
The current EAP peer implementation is not yet ready for the TLS v1.3
changes with EAP-TTLS, EAP-PEAP, and EAP-FAST, so disable TLS v1.3 for
this EAP method for now.
While the current EAP-TLS implementation is more or less complete for
TLS v1.3, there has been no interoperability testing with other
implementations, so disable for by default for now until there has been
chance to confirm that no significant interoperability issues show up
with TLS version update. tls_flags=[ENABLE-TLSv1.3] configuration
parameter can be used to enable TLS v1.3 (assuming the TLS library
supports it; e.g., when using OpenSSL 1.1.1).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The current EAP peer implementation is not yet ready for the TLS v1.3
changes with EAP-TTLS, EAP-PEAP, and EAP-FAST, so disable TLS v1.3 for
this EAP method for now.
While the current EAP-TLS implementation is more or less complete for
TLS v1.3, there has been no interoperability testing with other
implementations, so disable for by default for now until there has been
chance to confirm that no significant interoperability issues show up
with TLS version update. phase1="tls_disable_tlsv1_3=0" configuration
parameter can be used to enable TLS v1.3 (assuming the TLS library
supports it; e.g., when using OpenSSL 1.1.1).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This may be needed to avoid interoperability issues with the new
protocol version and significant changes for EAP use cases in both key
derivation and handshake termination.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This makes this more easily available throughout the handshake
processing, if needed, compared to having to pass through the function
argument through the full path from
tls_connection{,_server}_handshake().
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The EAP session cannot be marked fully completed on sending Client
Finished with TLS v1.3 since the server may still send NewSessionTicket
before EAP-Success.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
With TLS v1.3, the Finished message from the client can require
fragmentation. Postpone key derivation and marking of the EAP session
fully completed until all the fragments of that last message are sent to
avoid losing all the subsequent fragments.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This value is going to be used only with a helper function that takes it
in as a const value, so use the same style here to simplify callers in
upcoming TLS v1.3 changes.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
OpenSSL 1.1.1 added cases where ClientHello generation may fail due to
"no ciphers available". There is no point in sending out the resulting
TLS Alert message to the server since the server does not know what to
do with it before ClientHello. Instead, simply terminate the TLS
handshake locally and report EAP failure to avoid getting stuck waiting
for a timeout.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
OpenSSL started reporting failures from
EC_POINT_set_affine_coordinates_GFp() similarly to BoringSSL, so use the
same workaround to enable this protocol testing case.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The new SQLite table pending_tc is used to maintain a list of sessions
that need to accept Terms and Conditions. This information can be used
on an external Terms and Conditions server to map the incoming MAC
address information into user identity.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
Add commands to allow an AP to configure filtering rules to capture
frames from stations that are active on the operating channel, but
not associated to this AP. Operations include add/delete the filter
and get the statistics information of the unassociated stations.
Signed-off-by: Karthikeyan Periyasamy <periyasa@codeaurora.org>
Allow hostapd RADIUS authentication server with SQLite EAP user DB to be
used for testing Terms and Conditions functionality. This could be used
for the HO AAA part of functionality (merging HO AAA and SP AAA into a
single component to avoid separate RADIUS proxy in testing setup).
A T&C server with HTTPS processing is needed to allow this to be used
for full over-the-air testing. This commit adds sufficient functionality
to allow hwsim test cases to cover the RADIUS server part.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
Extend RADIUS DAS to support CoA-Request packets for the case where the
HS 2.0 Terms And Conditions filtering VSA is used to remove filtering.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
Mark a channel as required DFS based on regulatory information received
from the driver/kernel rather than deciding based on hardcoded
boundaries on the frequency. Previously few channels were being marked
as requiring DFS even though they were non-DFS in a particular country.
If the driver does not provide channel list information, fall back to
the previously used frequency-based determination.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
Extend wpa_supplicant WNM-Notification RX handling to parse and process
received Terms and Conditions Acceptance notifications. If PMF is
enabled for the association, this frame results in control interface
indication (HS20-T-C-ACCEPTANCE <URL>) to get upper layers to guide the
user through the required acceptance steps.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
This extends hostapd Access-Accept processing to check if the RADIUS
server indicated that Terms and Conditions Acceptance is required. The
new hs20_t_c_server_url parameter is used to specify the server URL
template that the STA is requested to visit.
This commit does not enable any kind of filtering, i.e., only the part
of forwarding a request from Access-Accept to the STA using
WNM-Notification is covered.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
This extends hostapd with two new configuration parameters
(hs20_t_c_filename and hs20_t_c_timestamp) that can be used to specify
that the Terms and Conditions attributes are to be added into all
Access-Request messages for Hotspot 2.0 STAs.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
This allows user to get event indication when a new interface is
added/removed for 4addr WDS STA and also WDS STA ifname is informed
through the STA command.
Signed-off-by: Bhagavathi Perumal S <bperumal@codeaurora.org>
While it is unlikely that FILS would be used without PMF or SAE in the
build, it is possible to generate such a build and as such, it would be
good for the KDF selection to work properly. Add CONFIG_FILS as an
independent condition for the SHA256-based KDF. Previously, this
combination would have resulted in failure to derive keys and terminated
key management exchange.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
When AP initialization is completed in a callback (e.g., OBSS scan),
wpa_supplicant_deinit_ap() is not called in case of failure. Fix this by
calling setup_complete_cb in case of failure, too, which in turn calls
wpa_supplicant_deinit_ap() if needed.
Signed-off-by: Tova Mussai <tova.mussai@intel.com>
Add WPA FT auth to connect params in case of a re-connection to ESS
supporting FT when FT was used in the first connect.
Signed-off-by: Ahmad Masri <amasri@codeaurora.org>
Add MDE (mobility domain element) to Association Request frame IEs in
the driver assoc params. wpa_supplicant will add MDE only if the network
profile allows FT, the selected AP supports FT, and the mobility domain
ID matches.
Signed-off-by: Ahmad Masri <amasri@codeaurora.org>
This extends hostapd processing of (Re)Association Request frames to
store a local copy of the Consortium OI within the Roaming Consortium
Selection element, if present, and then add that in HS 2.0 Roaming
Consortium attribute into RADIUS Access-Request messages.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
This extends hostapd Hotspot 2.0 implementation to allow operator icons
to be made available. The existing hs20_icon parameter is used to define
the icons and the new operator_icon parameter (zero or more entries) is
used to specify which of the available icons are operator icons. The
operator icons are advertised in the Operator Icon Metadata ANQP-element
while the icon data can be fetched using the same mechanism (icon
request/binary file) that was added for the OSU Providers icons.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
This extends wpa_supplicant Hotspot 2.0 ANQP routines to allow the
Operator Icon Metadata ANQP-element to be fetched with "ANQP_GET <bssid>
hs20:12". The result is available in the new hs20_operator_icon_metadata
entry in the "BSS <bssid>" output.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
The Linux 4.9 kernel, at least, can return EEXIST when trying to auth a
station that already exists.
We have seen this bug in multiple places, but it is difficult to
reproduce. Here is a link to someone else that appears to have hit this
issue: https://github.com/greearb/ath10k-ct/issues/18
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
At least LibreSSL v2.7.2 indicates support for OpenSSL API 1.1.0, but it
does not apparently use const ASN1_OBJECT * with X509_ALGOR_get0(). Use
the older non-const version here with LibreSSL to fix compilation.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
LibreSSL v2.7 claims an OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER value that would indicate
that SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_3 is available, but that does not seem to be the
case with LibreSSL. As such, skip this step based on whether
SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_3 is defined to avoid build issues.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
pmksa_cache stubs have not been updated when function prototypes have
been modified in commit 852b2f2738 (SAE: Only allow SAE AKMP for PMKSA
caching attempts). Add new function parameter int akmp to stubs of
pmksa_cache_get() and pmksa_cache_set_current() as well to fix build.
Fixes: 852b2f2738 ("SAE: Only allow SAE AKMP for PMKSA caching attempts")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Explicitly check the PMKSA cache entry to have matching SAE AKMP for the
case where determining whether to use PMKSA caching instead of new SAE
authentication. Previously, only the network context was checked, but a
single network configuration profile could be used with both WPA2-PSK
and SAE, so should check the AKMP as well.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This gives more protection against unexpected behavior if RSN supplicant
code ends up trying to use sm->pmk[] with a stale value. Couple of the
code paths did not clear sm->pmk_len explicitly in cases where the old
PMK is being removed, so cover those cases as well to make sure these
will result in PMK-to-PTK derivation failures rather than use of
incorrect PMK value if such a code path could be reached somehow.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Add a new wifi test config attribute to configure HE LTF in the
driver. This is used for testbed configuration.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
If there is no explicit wmm_enabled parameter in the configuration
(i.e., conf->wmm_enabled == -1), the configuration reload path needs to
initialize conf->wmm_enabled based on iconf->ieee80211n in
hostapd_reload_bss() similarly to what is done in the initial startup
case in hostapd_setup_bss().
This fixes issues with RSN capabilities being set incorrectly when WMM
is supposed to get enabled and unexpectedly enabling WMM when it is not
supposed to be enabled (HT disabled). Either of these issues could show
up when asking hostapd to reload the configuration file (and when that
file does not set wmm_enabled explicitly).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
This ensures a session timeout configured on R0KH either using
RADIUS-based ACL or 802.1X authentication is copied over to the new
R1KH.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
This is needed to allow the remaining session time to be computed for FT
(when sending PMK-R1 to another AP).
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
Handle the special case of no PMK-R0 entry in the caller instead of
having to have wpa_ft_rrb_build_r0() aware of the possibility of pmk_r0
being NULL.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
ieee802_11_set_radius_info() might be called with a STA entry that has
already stored identity and/or radius_cui information, so make sure the
old values get freed before being replaced by the new ones.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
This uses set_vlan()/get_vlan() callbacks to fetch and configure the
VLAN of STA. Transmission of VLAN information between APs uses new TLVs.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
IEEE Std 802.11-2016, 12.7.1.7.1 indicates that the lifetime of the
PMK-R0 (and PMK-R1) is bound to the lifetime of PSK or MSK from which
the key was derived. This is currently stored in r0_key_lifetime, but
cache entries are not actually removed.
This commit uses the r0_key_lifetime configuration parameter when
wpa_auth_derive_ptk_ft() is called. This may need to be extended to use
the MSK lifetime, if provided by an external authentication server, with
some future changes. For PSK, there is no such lifetime, but it also
matters less as FT-PSK can be achieved without inter-AP communication.
The expiration timeout is then passed from R0KH to R1KH. The R1KH verifies
that the given timeout for sanity, it may not exceed the locally configured
r1_max_key_lifetime.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
FILS calls wpa_ft_store_pmk_r0() from wpa_auth.c. This is moved into a
new function wpa_ft_store_pmk_fils() in preparation of additional
information being needed.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
Add a new configuration option ft_r0_key_lifetime that deprecates
r0_key_lifetime. Though, the old configuration is still accepted for
backwards compatibility.
This simplifies testing. All other items are in seconds as well. In
addition, this makes dot11FTR0KeyLifetime comment match with what got
standardized in the end in IEEE Std 802.11r-2008.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
When wpa_supplicant is running on a Linux interface that is configured in
promiscuous mode, and it is not a member of a bridge, incoming EAPOL
packets are processed regardless of the Destination Address in the frame.
As a consequence, there are situations where wpa_supplicant replies to
EAPOL packets that are not destined for it.
This behavior seems undesired (see IEEE Std 802.1X-2010, 11.4.a), and can
be avoided by attaching a BPF filter that lets the kernel discard packets
having pkt_type equal to PACKET_OTHERHOST.
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <davide.caratti@gmail.com>
When locating the position of the IGTK PN in the key data, we also need
to skip the KDE header, in addition to the keyid field. This fixes
hostapd RESEND_M3 and RESEND_GROUP_M1 behavior when PMF is negotiated
for the association. Previously, the IGTK KDE ended up getting
practically hidden since zeroing of the PN ended up clearing the KDE OUI
and Type fields.
Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@cs.kuleuven.be>
In the current implementation, upon an EAP method failure, followed by
an EAP failure, the EAP Status is propagated up in wpa_supplicant with a
general failure parameter string "failure". This parameter is used for a
notification on the dbus.
This commit reports the EAP method failure error code in a separate
callback.
The solution in this commit is generic to all EAP methods, and can be
used by any method that need to pass its error code. However, this
commit only implements the reporting for EAP-SIM and EAP-AKA methods
where the Notification Code (in AT_NOTIFICATION) is used as the method
specific error code value.
Signed-off-by: Ahmed ElArabawy <arabawy@google.com>
When connecting to a WPA-EAP network and the MAC address is changed
just before the association (for example by NetworkManager, which sets
a random MAC during scans), the authentication sometimes fails in the
following way ('####' logs added by me):
wpa_supplicant logs:
wlan0: WPA: RX message 1 of 4-Way Handshake from 02:00:00:00:01:00 (ver=1)
RSN: msg 1/4 key data - hexdump(len=22): dd 14 00 0f ac 04 d8 21 9d a5 73 98 88 26 ef 03 d2 ce f7 04 7d 23
WPA: PMKID in EAPOL-Key - hexdump(len=22): dd 14 00 0f ac 04 d8 21 9d a5 73 98 88 26 ef 03 d2 ce f7 04 7d 23
RSN: PMKID from Authenticator - hexdump(len=16): d8 21 9d a5 73 98 88 26 ef 03 d2 ce f7 04 7d 23
wlan0: RSN: no matching PMKID found
EAPOL: Successfully fetched key (len=32)
WPA: PMK from EAPOL state machines - hexdump(len=32): [REMOVED]
#### WPA: rsn_pmkid():
#### WPA: aa - hexdump(len=6): 02 00 00 00 01 00
#### WPA: spa - hexdump(len=6): 66 20 cf ab 8c dc
#### WPA: PMK - hexdump(len=32): b5 24 76 4f 6f 50 8c f6 a1 2e 24 b8 07 4e 9a 13 1b 94 c4 a8 1f 7e 22 d6 ed fc 7d 43 c7 77 b6 f7
#### WPA: computed PMKID - hexdump(len=16): ea 73 67 b1 8e 5f 18 43 58 24 e8 1c 47 23 87 71
RSN: Replace PMKSA entry for the current AP and any PMKSA cache entry that was based on the old PMK
nl80211: Delete PMKID for 02:00:00:00:01:00
wlan0: RSN: PMKSA cache entry free_cb: 02:00:00:00:01:00 reason=1
RSN: Added PMKSA cache entry for 02:00:00:00:01:00 network_ctx=0x5630bf85a270
nl80211: Add PMKID for 02:00:00:00:01:00
wlan0: RSN: PMKID mismatch - authentication server may have derived different MSK?!
hostapd logs:
WPA: PMK from EAPOL state machine (MSK len=64 PMK len=32)
WPA: 02:00:00:00:00:00 WPA_PTK entering state PTKSTART
wlan1: STA 02:00:00:00:00:00 WPA: sending 1/4 msg of 4-Way Handshake
#### WPA: rsn_pmkid():
#### WPA: aa - hexdump(len=6): 02 00 00 00 01 00
#### WPA: spa - hexdump(len=6): 02 00 00 00 00 00
#### WPA: PMK - hexdump(len=32): b5 24 76 4f 6f 50 8c f6 a1 2e 24 b8 07 4e 9a 13 1b 94 c4 a8 1f 7e 22 d6 ed fc 7d 43 c7 77 b6 f7
#### WPA: computed PMKID - hexdump(len=16): d8 21 9d a5 73 98 88 26 ef 03 d2 ce f7 04 7d 23
WPA: Send EAPOL(version=1 secure=0 mic=0 ack=1 install=0 pairwise=1 kde_len=22 keyidx=0 encr=0)
That's because wpa_supplicant computed the PMKID using the wrong (old)
MAC address used during the scan. wpa_supplicant updates own_addr when
the interface goes up, as the MAC can only change while the interface
is down. However, drivers don't report all interface state changes:
for example the nl80211 driver may ignore a down-up cycle if the down
message is processed later, when the interface is already up. In such
cases, wpa_supplicant (and in particular, the EAP state machine) would
continue to use the old MAC.
Add a new driver event that notifies of MAC address changes while the
interface is active.
Signed-off-by: Beniamino Galvani <bgalvani@redhat.com>
hostap code is used by the Moonshot software (an implementation of the
GSS EAP mechanism - RFC 7055), and those definitions are required but
missing.
Signed-off-by: Alejandro Perez <alex.perez-mendez@jisc.ac.uk>
Add generic DFS offload support using the nl80211 feature that was
recently added to the mac80211-next tree. This uses the already
available DFS offload infrastructure that was previously used with
vendor specific definitions and just sets necessary flags (DFS_OFFLOAD
ext_feature) and forawrds CAC_STARTED event for processing.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Lebed <lebed.dmitry@gmail.com>
The new venue_url parameter can now be used to set the Venue URL ANQP
information instead of having to construct the data and use
anqp_elem=277:<hexdump> to set the raw value.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
This extends the original IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016 functionality with the
changes added in REVmd to describe how additional keys are derived to
protect the FT protocol using keys derived through FILS authentication.
This allows key_mgmt=FT-FILS-SHA256 to be used with FT protocol since
the FTE MIC can now be calculated following the changes in REVmd. The
FT-FILS-SHA384 case is still unsupported (it needs support for variable
length MIC field in FTE).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
Derive PMK-R1 locally if the derived PMKR1Name is not found from the
local cache, but the request is for a key that was originally generated
locally (R0KH-ID matches) and the PMKR0Name is found in the local cache.
This was apparently not hit in the previously used FT sequences, but
this is useful to have available if a PMK-R1 entry is dropped from the
local cache before PMK-R0.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
If the requested key is not available locally, there is no point in
trying to send a pull request back to self for the key.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
The previous implementation ended up defaulting to using PRF-SHA1 for
deriving PTK from PMK when SAE was used. This is not correct since the
SAE AKM is defined to be using SHA-256 -based KDF instead. Fix that.
Note: This change is not backwards compatible. Both the AP and station
side implementations will need to be updated at the same time to
maintain functionality.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
Previously, the association that used SAE authentication ended up
recalculating the PMKID for EAPOL-Key msg 1/4 using incorrect
PMK-to-PMKID derivation instead of using the previously derived PMKID
from SAE. The correct PMKID was used only when going through PMKSA
caching exchange with a previously derived PMKSA from SAE.
Fix this by storing the SAE PMKID into the state machine entry for the
initial SAE authentication case when there is no explicit PMKSA entry
attached to the station.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
Previously, matching PMKSA cache entry ended up clearing XXKey. However,
that XXKey is needed in the specific case where FT-SAE goes through the
initial mobility domain association with SAE authentication. FT-SAE
worked previously since the hostapd side generation of the particular
PMKID value in msg 1/4 was broken, but once that PMKID is fixed,
wpa_supplicant will need this fix to allow FT-SAE to be used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
When processing 20/40 BSS Coexistence Management frames that do not
explicitly require 40 MHz to be disabled, check whether the reported
channels in 20/40 BSS Intolerant Channel Report element match the
current primary channel. If so, allow 40 MHz operation to continue. This
makes the during-operation updates for 20/40 Operation Permitted more
consistent with the scans during initial BSS startup.
The received 20/40 BSS Intolerant Channel Report channels are to be used
in the OT set in the during-operation determination and the P == OT_i
exception was ignored in the previous implementation which could result
in the AP first starting with 40 MHz and then dropping to 20 MHz on
first received 20/40 BSS Coexistence Management frame even though there
was no change in the neighboring BSSs.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
This extends 20/40 BSS Coexistence Management frame processing to
iterate over all the included 20/40 BSS Intolerant Channel Report
elements instead of using only the first one.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
The 20 MHz BSS Width Request field is set to 1 only for intra-BSS
reports. As such, ignore the frame if such a claim is made by a
transmitter that is not currently associated with the AP.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
This makes it easier to understand what kind of information a STA is
reporting about 20/40 MHz coexistence requirements.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
Ignore hostapd_event_sta_low_ack for a station which has agreed to
steering by checking the agreed_to_steer flag. This flag will be set
whenever a station accepts the BSS transition request from the AP.
Without this ignoring of the LOW_ACK event, the steering in-progress
might be affected due to disassociation. In this way AP will allow some
time (two seconds) for the station to move away and reset the flag after
the timeout.
Co-Developed-by: Tamizh Chelvam <tamizhr@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <tamizhr@codeaurora.org>
Add an event callback for EVENT_STATION_OPMODE_CHANGED to allow
user/application to get the notification whenever there is a change in a
station's HT/VHT op mode.
The new events:
STA-OPMODE-MAX-BW-CHANGED <addr> <20(no-HT)|20|40|80|80+80|160>
STA-OPMODE-SMPS-MODE-CHANGED <addr> <automatic|off|dynamic|static>
STA-OPMODE-N_SS-CHANGED <addr> <N_SS>
Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <tamizhr@codeaurora.org>
The nl80211 driver can report STA_OPMODE notification event as soon as
it receives an HT/VHT Action frame about modification of station's SMPS
mode/bandwidth/RX NSS. Add support to parse such events.
Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <tamizhr@codeaurora.org>
This allows external application to get last ACK signal strength of the
last transmitted frame if the driver makes this information
(NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL) available.
Signed-off-by: Bhagavathi Perumal S <bperumal@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswara Naralasetty <vnaralas@codeaurora.org>
Check wpa_auth_write_assoc_resp_owe() return value to keep static
analyzers happier. The code path where this could happen is not really
reachable due to the separate hapd->conf->own_ie_override check and
wpa_auth_write_assoc_resp_owe() returning NULL only in an error case in
the override path. Furthermore, clean up the pointer return value to use
a proper pointer (NULL vs. 0).
Signed-off-by: Ashok Ponnaiah <aponnaia@codeaurora.org>
To retain configurator information across hostapd/wpa_supplicant
restart, private key need to be maintained to generate a valid pair of
authentication keys (connector, netaccess_key, csign) for new enrollees
in the network.
Add a DPP_CONFIGURATOR_GET_KEY control interface API through which the
private key of an existing configurator can be fetched.
Command format:
DPP_CONFIGURATOR_GET_KEY <configurator_id>
The output from this command can then be used with
"DPP_CONFIGURATOR_ADD key=<hexdump>" to create the same key again.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
The SAE AKM 00-0F-AC:8 is supposed to use EAPOL-Key Key Descriptor
Version 0 (AKM-defined) with AES-128-CMAC and NIST AES Key Wrap.
However, the previous implementation ended up using Key Descriptor
Version 2 (HMAC-SHA-1-128 and NIST AES Key Wrap). Fix this by using the
appropriate Key Descriptor Version and integrity algorithm. Use helper
functions to keep the selection clearer and more consistent between
wpa_supplicant and hostapd uses.
Note: This change is not backwards compatible. Both the AP and station
side implementations will need to be updated at the same time to
maintain functionality.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
This extends dpp_test functionality to allow DPP exchanges to be stopped
after authentication is completed on the Initiator, i.e., after sending
out the Authentication Confirm message. Previously, dpp_test=89 was used
only on the Responder side to stop after receiving the Authentication
Confirm message. The main use case for this extended functionality is to
be able to stop the protocol exchange on a device that acts as
authentication Initiator and Enrollee.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
enum wpa_alg was being compared with WPA_CIPHER_* values. That does not
work here and strict compilers will report this as an error. Fix the
comparision to use proper WPA_ALG_* values. This fixes testing
capability for resetting IPN for BIP.
Fixes: 16579769ff ("Add testing functionality for resetting PN/IPN for configured keys")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
These structures are not modified or freed (i.e., only data from them is
copied), so mark the arguments const to document this a bit more clearly
now that there was a memory leak in one of the callers to this function.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Log newly generated SAKs as well as unwrapped SAKs with wpa_hexdump_key()
rather than wpa_hexdump(). By default, the wpa_hexdump_key() function
will not display sensitive key data.
Signed-off-by: Michael Siedzik <msiedzik@extremenetworks.com>
In the unlikely event the local KaY and the elected peer have the same
actor priority as well as the same MAC address, log a warning message
and do not elect a key server. Resolution is for network administrator
to reconfigure MAC address.
Signed-off-by: Michael Siedzik <msiedzik@extremenetworks.com>
When the number of live peers becomes 0 the KaY was setting
kay->authenticated true and telling the CP to connect AUTHENTICATED.
Per IEEE Std 802.1X-2010 Clause 12.2, MKA.authenticated means "the Key
Server has proved mutual authentication but has determined that
Controlled Port communication should proceed without the use of MACsec",
which means port traffic will be passed in the clear.
When the number of live peers becomes 0 the KaY must instead set
kay->authenticated false and tell the CP to connect PENDING. Per Clause
12.3 connect PENDING will "prevent connectivity by clearing the
controlledPortEnabled parameter."
Signed-off-by: Michael Siedzik <msiedzik@extremenetworks.com>
Upon receipt of the "MACsec MKPDU SAK Use parameter set" the KaY verifies
that both the latest key and the old key are valid. If the local system
reboots or is reinitialized, the KaY won't have a copy of its old key.
Therefore if the KaY does not have a copy of its old key it should not
reject MKPDUs that contain old key data in the MACsec SAK Use parameter.
Signed-off-by: Michael Siedzik <msiedzik@extremenetworks.com>
KaY looks up participants using CAK Name (CKN). Per IEEE Std 802.1X-2010
Clause 9.3.1 CAK identification, the CKN is an integral number of
octets, between 1 and 32 (inclusive). This fix will ensure that the KaY
does not inadvertently match CKNs such as 'myCakNamedFoo' and
'myCakNamedFooBar'.
Signed-off-by: Michael Siedzik <msiedzik@extremenetworks.com>
Extend ACL check to deny Probe Request frames for the client which does
not pass ACL check. Skip this check for the case where RADIUS ACL is
used to avoid excessive load on the RADIUS authentication server due to
Probe Request frames. This patch add wpa_msg event for auth and assoc
rejection due to acl reject.
Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <tamizhr@codeaurora.org>
Define a new WiFi test configuration attributes in QCA vendor
command to configure BA session parameters and to add or
delete a BA session and to configure no ack policy.
This is used for configuring the testbed device.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
Define a new WiFi test configuration attribute in QCA vendor
command to allow or not to allow WEP/TKIP in HT/VHT/HE mode.
This is used for configuring the testbed device.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
For FILS, __wpa_send_eapol() is called only with the kde != NULL, but a
static analyzer might not understand that. Add an explicit check kde !=
NULL similarly to the other cases going through the kde parameter to
silence such bogus warnings.
Signed-off-by: Jeffin Mammen <jmammen@codeaurora.org>
This makes it easier to understand why "SAE: Failed to select group"
debug entry shows up in cases the selected crypto library does not
support a specific group.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
Commit e61fea6b46 ('SAE: Fix PMKSA caching
behavior in AP mode') modified the PSK fetching loop to not override PMK
in case of SAE with PMKSA caching. However, that commit missed the error
path cases where there is need to break from the loop with exact
negative of the check in the beginning of the loop. This could result in
hitting an infinite loop in hostapd if a station derived a different PMK
value from otherwise successfully completed SAE authentication or if a
STA used a different PMK with a PMKSA caching attempt after a previously
completed successful authentication.
Fix this by adding the matching break condition on SAE AKM within the
loops.
Fixes: e61fea6b46 ("SAE: Fix PMKSA caching behavior in AP mode")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
This commit takes care of the sigalg configuration using the relatively
recent SSL_CTX_set_verify_algorithm_prefs() addition from April 2017 to
address the functionality that was already there with OpenSSL using
SSL_set1_sigalgs_list().
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
BoringSSL removed the special OpenSSL cipher suite value "SUITEB192", so
need to map that to the explicit ciphersuite
(ECDHE-ECDSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384), curve (P-384), and sigalg
(SSL_SIGN_ECDSA_SECP384R1_SHA384) to allow 192-bit level Suite B with
ECDSA to be used.
This commit takes care of the sigalg configuration using the relatively
recent SSL_CTX_set_verify_algorithm_prefs() addition from April 2017.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
BoringSSL removed the special OpenSSL cipher suite value "SUITEB192", so
need to map that to the explicit ciphersuite
(ECDHE-ECDSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384), curve (P-384), and sigalg
(SSL_SIGN_ECDSA_SECP384R1_SHA384) to allow 192-bit level Suite B with
ECDSA to be used.
This commit takes care of the ciphersuite and curve configuration.
sigalg change is in a separate commit since it requires a newer
BoringSSL API function that may not be available in all builds.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
In practice, this does the same thing (i.e., allows only the P-384 curve
to be used), but using an older API function that happens to be
available in some BoringSSL builds while the newer one is not.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
India supports 5 GHz channels 169 and 173 now. Enable HT40 across
channels 165 and 169. Leave channel 173 to remain HT20 only.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Now we can configure the network block so that it allows MFP setting for
the NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command. If the kernel finds an AP that requires
MFP, it'll be able to connect to it.
Note that since NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL isn't supported for
NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, we need to take the MFP configuration outside
nl80211_connect_common(). In addition, check that
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL is supported, to be backward compatible
with older kernels.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Indicate that the connection is authorized when receiving a port
authorized event from the driver.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Add an event that indicates that the 4 way handshake was completed by
the driver.
This event is useful for networks that require 802.1X authentication.
The driver can use this event that a new connection is already
authorized (e.g. when the driver used PMKSA caching) and 802.1X
authentication is not required.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Add support for setting the PMK to the driver. This is used for
drivers that support 4-way handshake offload.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Set the WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_4WAY_HANDSHAKE flag if the driver indicates
both 4-way handshake PSK and 802.1X support. Currently wpa_supplicant
doesn't distinguish between 4-way handshake for 802.1X and PSK, but
nl80211 API has different capabilities for each one.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Enhance QCA vendor specific APF interface to support write/read program
and/or data and to enable/disable APF feature.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
TLS v1.3 needs to be explicitly disabled to allow cipher suite selection
for EAP-FAST to work with OpenSSL builds that include TLS v1.3 support.
Without this, OpenSSL refuses to generate ClientHello due to the cipher
suite list including only ciphers allowed with older versions than TLS
v1.3.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
The current cfg80211 limit for the maximum NL80211_ATTR_PMK length is
48, so anything larger than that will result in the operation completely
failing. Since the PMKSA entries can be used without the PMK for most
purposes (the main use case for PMK currently is offloaded FILS
authentication), try to go ahead by configuring only the PMKID for the
case where 64-octet PMK is needed (which is currently limited to only
DPP with NIST P-521 and brainpoolP512r1 curves). This can fix DPP
connections with drivers that expect to get the PMKID through this
interface while still leaving the actual 4-way handshake for user space.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
This makes it easier to notice if the driver operation to manage PMKSA
cache information fails unexpectedly.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
Check for the fi parameter to be non-NULL before trying to fetch the
ssi_signal information similarly to how the fi->freq was already
handled. While the meta information is supposed to be available, it
looks like there is at least one corner case where fi == NULL could be
used (Authentication frame reprocessing after RADIUS-based ACL).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reject SAE association request when PMKID is included in the RSNE, but
the corresponding PMKSA is not available in the AP.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Ponnaiah <aponnaia@codeaurora.org>
Define a new QCA vendor sub command for configuring the device with wifi
test configuration. Add new test config attributes for this sub command
that are used to configure the device for testbed configuration.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
This function is used to process a (Re)Association Request frame, so
rename it appropriately to mention assoc_req instead of auth_req.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Ponnaiah <aponnaia@codeaurora.org>
Verify that the STA has ECDH data available before trying to use this
data to add the OWE DH Params element.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Ponnaiah <aponnaia@codeaurora.org>
This was already the case with the hostapd-based SME/MLME
implementation, but the OWE DH Param element construction for the
driver-based SME/MLME needed a matching change to set the group
properly.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Ponnaiah <aponnaia@codeaurora.org>
For FT-PSK sm->xxkey was populated with only the first password on the
linked list (i.e., last matching password in the wpa_psk_file) in
INITPSK. This caused only that password to be recognized and accepted.
All other passwords were not verified properly and subsequently
prevented clients from connecting.
Hostapd would report:
Jan 30 12:55:44 hostapd: ap0: STA xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx WPA: sending 1/4 msg of 4-Way Handshake
Jan 30 12:55:44 hostapd: ap0: STA xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx WPA: received EAPOL-Key frame (2/4 Pairwise)
Jan 30 12:55:44 hostapd: ap0: STA xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx WPA: invalid MIC in msg 2/4 of 4-Way Handshake
Jan 30 12:55:45 hostapd: ap0: STA xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx WPA: EAPOL-Key timeout
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal@plumewifi.com>
The blocking timeout of this function was changed from 2 seconds to 10
seconds in this commit 1480633f ("Use longer timeout in
wpa_ctrl_request()"), but the description was never changed accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Dinkin <simon.dinkin@tandemg.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Use the preprocessor conditional "ifdef" instead of "if" before
CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS to prevent an issue on build systems that treat
undefined preprocessor identifiers as an error.
Signed-off-by: David Messer <david.messer@garmin.com>
This netlink socket handle owns the connect request and is further used
by the host driver/kernel to request for the external authentication.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
This command/event interface can be used by host drivers that do not
define separate commands for authentication and association but rely on
wpa_supplicant for the authentication (SAE) processing.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
Add new QCA vendor commands and attributes to get thermal information
and send thermal shutdown related commands. Indicates the driver to
enter the power saving mode or resume from the power saving mode based
on the given temperature and thresholds.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
If a matching PMKSA cache entry is present for an OWE client, use it and
do not go through DH while processing Association Rquest frame.
Association Response frame will identify the PMKID in such a case and DH
parameters won't be present.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Ponnaiah <aponnaia@codeaurora.org>
Handle OWE unsupported finite cyclic group in (Re)Association Request
frame when not using the hostapd SME/MLME.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Ponnaiah <aponnaia@codeaurora.org>
Add additional NDP attributes and NDP subcommand value which is
provided as part of schedule update indication from driver/firmware
to HAL.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
Send Public Action frames with wildcard BSSID when destination was
broadcast address. This is required for DPP PKEX where the recipients
may drop the frames received with different BSSID than the wildcard
address or the current BSSID.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Ponnaiah <aponnaia@codeaurora.org>
The y coordinates for some of these PKEX role-specific points were
changed in the PKEX specification, so update the implementation to
match.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
This allow MSDU queue depth threshold in target to be set per peer per
TID. This command contains MAC address, TID, update mask, and threshold
values.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
FILS capability bit setting could have ended up setting boths biths 72
(correct) and 64 (incorrect; part of Max Number of MSDUs In A-MSDU). Fix
this by adding the missing break to the switch statement.
Fixed: f55acd909e ("FILS: Set FILS Capability bit in management frames from AP")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This allows a separate configuration parameter (imsi_identity) to be
used in EAP-SIM/AKA/AKA' profiles to override the identity used in MK
derivation for the case where the identity is expected to be from the
last AT_IDENTITY attribute (or EAP-Response/Identity if AT_IDENTITY was
not used). This may be needed to avoid sending out an unprotected
permanent identity information over-the-air and if the EAP-SIM/AKA
server ends up using a value based on the real IMSI during the internal
key derivation operation (that does not expose the data to others).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This prevents an issue where duplicated Authentication Response frame
could have resulted in deriving a new ke value after M.x had already
been cleared. This would result in the following configuration exchange
failing. This could happen since many driver do not filter out
retransmitted Public Action frames and link layer. Furthermore, this
could have been used as a denial-of-service attack agains the DPP
exchange.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
This commit extends the existing QCA vendor specific NUD_STATS_GET/SET
interface to also collect the statistics of the data packets. The
intention here is to get more comprehensive information to detect the
network unreachability.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
This makes hostapd use the WLAN-Reason-Code value from Access-Reject
when disconnecting a station due to IEEE 802.1X authentication failure.
If the RADIUS server does not include this attribute, the default value
23 (IEEE 802.1X authentication failed) is used. That value was the
previously hardcoded reason code.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
Make the RADIUS server in hostapd add WLAN-Reason-Code attribute to all
Access-Reject messages generated based on EAP-Failure from the EAP
server. For now, the reason code value is set to 23 (IEEE 802.1X
authentication failed). This can be extending in future commits to cover
addition failure reasons.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
Use "cipher out of policy" value instead of invalid group cipher (which
is for the group data frame cipher) and management frame policy
violation (which is used for MFPC/MFPR mismatch).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
This commit introduces a QCA vendor command that provides the current
information of WLAN hardware MAC and its associated WLAN netdev
interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
This extends hostapd with previoiusly implemented wpa_supplicant
functionality to retry DPP Authentication Request/Response and to
iterate over possible negotiation channels.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
Not all code paths for management frame RX reporting delivered the
correct frequency for offchannel RX cases. This is needed mainly for
Public Action frame processing in some special cases where AP is
operating, but an exchange is done on a non-operational channel. For
example, DPP Initiator role may need to do this.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
GnuTLS-based builds can now be done using either libnettle or libgcrypt
for crypto functionality:
CONFIG_TLS=gnutls
CONFIG_CRYPTO=nettle
CONFIG_TLS=gnutls
CONFIG_CRYPTO=gnutls
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This allows OpenSSL-style configuration of Suite B parameters to be used
in the wpa_supplicant network profile. 128-bit and 192-bit level
requirements for ECDHE-ECDSA cases are supported. RSA >=3K case is
enforced using GnuTLS %PROFILE_HIGH special priority string keyword.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This extends GnuTLS support for tls_disable_v1_{0,1,2}=1 flags in the
phase1 network profile parameter in wpa_supplicant.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Indicate more clearly when the parsing succeeds to avoid ending the
debug prints with various internal GnuTLS internal error messages even
when the parsing actually succeeded in the end.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Replace the internal HMAC MD5, SHA-1, and SHA256 implementations with
the ones from libgcrypt and also add the SHA384 and SHA512 versions.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Replace the internal SHA256 implementation with the one from libgcrypt
and also add the SHA384 and SHA512 versions.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Use a shared helper function instead of implementing practically same
sequence separately for each hash function.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The test against use of TKIP was done only in MFP-required
(ieee80211w=2) configuration. Fix this to check the pairwise cipher for
MFP-enabled (ieee80211w=1) case as well.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The new hostapd.conf parameter sae_require_pmf=<0/1> can now be used to
enforce negotiation of MFP for all associations that negotiate use of
SAE. This is used in cases where SAE-capable devices are known to be
MFP-capable and the BSS is configured with optional MFP (ieee80211w=1)
for legacy support. The non-SAE stations can connect without MFP while
SAE stations are required to negotiate MFP if sae_require_mfp=1.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Set Sc to 2^16-1 when moving to Accepted state per IEEE Std 802.11-2016,
12.4.8.6.5 (Protocol instance behavior - Confirmed state). This allows
the peer in Accepted state to silently ignore unnecessary
retransmissions of the Confirm message.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This implements the behavior described in IEEE Std 802.11-2016,
12.4.8.6.6 (Protocol instance behavior - Accepted state) to silently
discard received Confirm message in the Accepted state if the new
message does not use an incremented send-confirm value or if the special
2^16-1 value is used. This avoids unnecessary processing of
retransmitted Confirm messages.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The new hostapd.conf parameter sae_sync (default: 5) can now be used to
configure the dot11RSNASAESync value to specify the maximum number of
synchronization errors that are allowed to happen prior to
disassociation of the offending SAE peer.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The patch offers alternate implementations of some functions using the
abstract cryptographic API.
This work was done in preparation for the changes to allow hostap to be
compiled with the wolfSSL cryptography and TLS library.
Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
This implements crypto_dh_init() and crypto_dh_derive_secret() using
os_get_random() and crypto_mod_exp() for all crypto_*.c wrappers that
include crypto_mod_exp() implementation.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
A new vendor attribute QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_GET_WEIGHED_PCL is added for
getting preferred channels with weight value and a flag to indicate how
the channels should be used in P2P negotiation process.
Signed-off-by: Peng Xu <pxu@qti.qualcomm.com>
Indicates the driver to use the RSNE as-is from the connect interface.
Exclusively used for the scenarios where the device is used as a testbed
device with special functionality and not recommended for production.
This helps driver to not validate the RSNE passed from user space and
thus allow arbitrary IE data to be used for testing purposes.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously commit c79238b6a4 ('Define a
QCA vendor command to configure SAR Power limits') implemented a vendor
command interface to allow a userspace entity to dynamically control the
SAR power limits. Now implement a command to retrieve the current SAR
power limits.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The new disable_fils parameter can be used to disable FILS functionality
in the driver. This is currently removing the FILS Capability bit in
Extended Capabilities and providing a callback to the driver wrappers.
driver_nl80211.c implements this using a QCA vendor specific command for
now.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows external programs to get the average channel utilization.
The average channel utilization is calculated and reported through
STATUS command. Users need to configure chan_util_avg_period and
bss_load_update_period in hostapd config to get the average channel
utilization.
Signed-off-by: Bhagavathi Perumal S <bperumal@qti.qualcomm.com>
Recalculate the timeout value for each event instead of calculating this
once and then not allowing the timeout configuration to be changed
without fully stopping and restarting the interface.
This allows the bss_load_update_period configuration parameter to be
modified while a BSS continues operating.
Signed-off-by: Bhagavathi Perumal S <bperumal@qti.qualcomm.com>
Do not update the configuration parameter before having verified the
value to be in the valid range.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
owe_auth_req_process() can return NULL in error cases, but the caller
was not prepared for this. The p pointer cannot be overridden in such
cases since that would result in buffer length (p - buf) overflows. Fix
this by using a temporary variable to check the return value before
overriding p so that the hostapd_sta_assoc() ends up using correct
length for the IE buffer.
Fixes: 33c8bbd8ca ("OWE: Add AP mode handling of OWE with drivers that implement SME")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The BoringSSL version of crypto_ecdh_init() and dpp_gen_keypair() works
fine with OpenSSL as well, so use that same implementation for both to
avoid unnecessary maintanence of multiple versions.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
There is no need to go through EC_GROUP_new_by_curve_name(),
EC_KEY_new(), and EC_KEY_set_group() when a single call to
EC_KEY_new_by_curve_name() takes care of all that.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This reverts commit 5548453a2d since
BoringSSL added ECDSA_SIG_set0() and ECDSA_SIG_get0() in commit
8dc226ca8f1ef60737e1c1bf8cfcabf51d4068c7 ('Add some missing OpenSSL
1.1.0 accessors.') and updated X509_ALGOR_get0() prototype to match
OpenSSL 1.1.0 changes in commit e3b2a5d30d309091cab3e6a19dee7323c40d968d
('Const-correct X509_ALGOR_get0.').
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This allows wpa_supplicant configuration with phase1="tls_suiteb=1" to
use openssl_ciphers="ECDHE-RSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384" to further limit the
possible TLS cipher suites when using Suite B with RSA >3K keys. This
combination disables use of DHE and as such, mandates ECDHE to be used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
These functions are a bit awkward to use for one-off file loads, as
suggested by the tls_clear_default_passwd_cb() logic. There was also
some historical mess with OpenSSL versions and either not having per-SSL
settings, having per-SSL settings but ignoring them, and requiring the
per-SSL settings.
Instead, loading the key with the lower-level functions seems a bit
tidier and also allows abstracting away trying both formats, one after
another.
Signed-off-by: David Benjamin <davidben@google.com>
There's no need to make an extra copy of private_key_passwd for
SSL_{CTX_,}set_default_passwd_cb().
Signed-off-by: David Benjamin <davidben@google.com>
A new vendor attribute QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_LATENCY_LEVEL is added
for vendor sub-command QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SET_WIFI_CONFIGURATION.
This attribute is for setting the level of WLM.
Signed-off-by: Paul Zhang <paulz@qti.qualcomm.com>
This is needed to allow a credential to be built for GCMP-256/CCMP-256
networks that do not enable GCMP-128/CCMP-128.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Extend the check against WPA/TKIP only configuration by adding CCMP-256
and GCMP-256 to the list of allowed ciphers. This is needed to allow WPS
to be enabled in AP configurations where neither CCMP-128 nor GCMP-128
are enabled.
Signed-off-by: Shiva Sankar Gajula <sgajula@qti.qualcomm.com>
DPP Responder selects whether mutual authentication is used. This commit
adds information about that selection to upper layers (ctrl_iface event
DPP-AUTH-DIRECTION mutual=<0/1>) on the Initiator side.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This extends dpp_test functionality to allow DPP exchanges to be stopped
when receiving a specified message.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This nl80211 attribute uses NLA_U8 policy in cfg80211 and wpa_supplicant
needs to use same size when writing the attribute.
This fixes mesh mode regression triggered by kernel commit "net:
netlink: Update attr validation to require exact length for some types"
in v4.15-rc1 that resulted in the following debug log entry when trying
to join a mesh:
nl80211: mesh join failed: ret=-22 (Invalid argument)
Fixes: 6c1664f605 ("nl80211: Add new commands to support mesh interfaces")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This nl80211 attribute uses NLA_U8 policy in cfg80211 and
hostapd/wpa_supplicant needs to use same size when writing the
attribute.
This fixes AP mode regression triggered by kernel commit "net: netlink:
Update attr validation to require exact length for some types" in
v4.15-rc1 that resulted in the following debug log entry when trying to
enable beaconing:
nl80211: Beacon set failed: -34 (Numerical result out of range)
Fixes: da1080d721 ("nl80211: Advertise and configure SMPS modes")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add QCA vendor command and attributes for vendor specific Representative
RF Operating Parameter (RROP) information. This information is intended
for optional use by external ACS. It provides guidance values for some
RF parameters that are used by the system during operation, so that
external ACS can utilize these to compare between channels, bands, etc.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
One of the event message for TX status was missing 'x' from the "0x"
prefix. Add that to make the used format consistent for all cookie debug
print cases.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
sha256_vector() result was ignored apart from printing out the failure
in the debug log. This is not really a normal case and it is better to
reject the full operation rather than try to continue with an incorrect
public key hash value.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If the second json_alloc_token() call failed to allocate memory,
json_parse() missed the first allocation on the error path. Assign the
root pointer earlier for that case to avoid the potential memory leak.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously this stopped only the DPP Authentication instance, but it is
better to clear both PKEX and Authentication.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
wpa_supplicant was already doing this and hostapd needs to clear
hapd->dpp_auth when completing the exchange in Configurator (GAS server)
role.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
An additional TX status callback could result in processing the DPP
authentication completion another time at least with hostapd. Fix this
by clearing the dpp_auth_ok_on_ack when processing it.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
It was possible for a timeout from an old GAS server operation to
trigger DPP configuration failure during the subsequent DPP operation.
Fix this by verifying that the status callback is for the response
generated during the same DPP Authentication/Configuration exchange.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Configurator signing its own Connector was previously supported only in
wpa_supplicant. This commit extends that to hostapd to allow an AP
acting as a Configurator to self-configure itself.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This moves the Configurator and Bootstrapping Information data from
struct hostapd_data (per-BSS) to struct hapd_interfaces (per-hostapd
process). This allows the information to be maintained over interface
restarts and shared between interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Instead of using the all-zeros Initiator Bootstrapping Key Hash when no
local bootstrapping key is configuref for the Initiator, automatically
generate a temporary bootstrapping key for the same curve that the
Responder uses. If the Responder indicates that it wants to do mutual
authentication, provide the URI for the auto-generated bootstrapping key
in the DPP-RESPONSE-PENDING event for upper layers to display the QR
Code.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Avoid same interface processing nl80211 events when at least one of
IFIDX, WDEV, or WIPHY index attribute is available in the nl80211 event
message.
Previously, a same interface processes events when ifidx and wdev id
attribute were not available in the nl80211 message. This is extended to
check the presence of wiphy index attribute as well since some radar
notifications include only WIPHY index attrbute in the nl80211 message.
Signed-off-by: Sriram R <srirrama@qti.qualcomm.com>
These allow external programs to determine supported legacy, HT, and VHT
rates of an interface or a STA.
Signed-off-by: Bhagavathi Perumal S <bperumal@qti.qualcomm.com>
If fils_decrypt_assoc() were to fail on the AP side, the previous
implementation could have continued through the response generation
using left = -1. That could have resulted in unexpected processing if
this value were to be used as the length of the remaining (unencrypted)
IEs. Fix this by not updating left in the failure case.
Fixes: 78815f3dde ("FILS: Decrypt Association Request elements and check Key-Auth (AP)")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Verify that nothing unexpected happened with EAPOL-Key Key MIC
calculation when transmitting EAPOL-Key frames from the Authenticator.
This should not be able to happen in practice, but if if it does, there
is no point in sending out the frame without the correct Key MIC value.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 03abb6b541 ('DPP: Reject unexpected
Req/Resp message based on Auth/PKEX role') used incorrect type of error
value (NULL vs. -1). Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
With the AP proto configured being WPA/RSN and SME in the
driver, the previous implementation in hostapd is to not
process hostapd_notif_assoc() due to "No WPA/RSN IE from STA",
if the (Re)Association Request frame is without the WPA/RSN IEs.
Enhance that to disassociate such station provided the AP is not using
WPS.
Signed-off-by: Hu Wang <huw@codeaurora.org>
This allows external applications to get event indication for Probe
Request frames. Extend ctrl iface cmd "ATTACH" to enable this event on
per-request basis. For example, user has to send ctrl iface cmd "ATTACH
probe_rx_events=1" to enable the Probe Request frame events.
Signed-off-by: bhagavathi perumal s <bperumal@qti.qualcomm.com>
If unicast Authentication Request frame is used and the peer ACKs such a
frame, but does not reply within the two second limit, there is no need
to continue trying to retransmit the request frames since the peer was
found, but not responsive.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The new conf={sta,ap}-{sae,psk-sae} parameter values can now be used to
specify that the legacy configuration object is for SAE.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows DPP to be used for enrolling credentials for SAE networks in
addition to the legacy PSK (WPA-PSK) case. In addition, enable FT-PSK
and FT-SAE cases automatically.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Retransmit the PKEX Exchange Request frame if no response from a peer is
received. This makes the exchange more robust since this frame is sent
to a broadcast address and has no link layer retries.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Extend dpp_test to allow more invalid attribute values to be written
into Peer Discovery Request/Response frames.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Extend dpp_test to cover a case where Config Attrib Object value is
invalid in Configuration Request frame.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Extend dpp_test to cover cases where DPP Status value is invalid in
Authentication Response/Confirm frames.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Extend dpp_test to cover cases where Initiator/Responder Bootstrap Key
Hash value in DPP Authentication frames is invalid (flip one bit).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This extends dpp_test to allow invalid Initiator/Responder Protocol Key
to be written into the Authentication Request/Response frame.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If the build include SHA384, use that to derive GTK from GMK. In
addition, add more random bytes bytes to the PRF-X() context data for
longer GTK to reduce dependency on the randomness of the GMK.
GMK is 256 bits of random data and it was used with SHA256, so the
previous design was likely sufficient for all needs even with 128 bits
of additional randomness in GTK derivation. Anyway, adding up to 256
bits of new randomness and using SHA384 can be helpful extra protection
particularly for the cases using GCMP-256 or CCMP-256 as the group
cipher.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Unlike OpenSSL, BoringSSL returns an error from
EC_POINT_set_affine_coordinates_GFp() is not on the curve. As such, need
to behave differently here depending on which library is used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
While the OpenSSL version of i2d_EC_PUBKEY() seemed to be able to use
the POINT_CONVERSION_COMPRESSED setting on the EC key, that did not seem
to work with BoringSSL. Since this is not exactly robust design, replace
use of i2d_EC_PUBKEY() with a custom routine that enforces the DPP rules
on SubjectPublicKeyInfo (compressed format of the public key,
ecPublicKey OID, parameters present and indicating the curve by OID).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This routine was previously implemented twice using i2d_EC_PUBKEY().
There is no need to duplicate that implementation and especially since
it looks like this implementation needs to be replaced for BoringSSL,
start by using a shared helper function for both locations so that there
is only a single place that uses i2d_EC_PUBKEY() to build the special
DPP bootstrapping key DER encoding.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
BoringSSL restored the previously removed AES-192 ECB support in ("Add
AES-192 ECB.") commit. Since this is needed for DPP with the P-384
curve, restore support for this through EVP_aes_192_ecb().
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This makes it clearer why some AES operations fail especially with
BoringSSL where the 192-bit case is not supported.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
It looks like BoringSSL claims to have OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER for a
1.1.0 version, but it does not provide ECDSA_SIG_set0() or
ECDSA_SIG_get0(). For now, add the helper functions regardless of the
version BoringSSL claims to be. Similarly, include the X509_ALGOR_get0()
workaround unconditionally for BoringSSL.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
BoringSSL does not provide some of the OpenSSL API that was used here,
so update this to use similar design to what was already done with DPP
key derivation.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
It looks like BoringSSL claims to have OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER for a
1.1.0 version, but it does not provide SSL_set_default_passwd_cb*(). For
now, comment out this regardless of the version BoringSSL claims to be.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
It looks like BoringSSL claims to have OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER for a
1.1.0 version, but it does not provide SSL_set1_sigalgs_list(). For now,
comment out this regardless of the version BoringSSL claims to be.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
It looks like BoringSSL claims to have OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER for a
1.1.0 version, but it does not provide RSA_bits(). For now, add this
backwards compatibility wrapper for BoringSSL regardless of the version
it claims to be.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The new hostapd configuration parameter group_cipher can now be used to
override the automatic cipher selection based on enabled pairwise
ciphers. It should be noted that selecting an unexpected group cipher
can result in interoperability issues and this new capability is mainly
for testing purposes.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Fix the block comment style issue introduced as part of commit
fbfceef3af ("Add QCA vendor commands for
spectral scan").
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add sub-command QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_PEER_FLUSH_PENDING to flush
pending packets in firmware. The attributes are listed in enum
qca_wlan_vendor_attr_flush_pending. The QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_PEER_ADDR
specifies the peer MAC address and the QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_AC specifies
the access category of the pending packets.
Signed-off-by: Lin Tingting <tinlin@qti.qualcomm.com>
A new vendor attribute QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_LL_STATS_WMM_AC_PENDING_MSDU
is added for vendor sub-command QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_LL_STATS_GET.
This attribute is for pending MSDUs corresponding to respective AC.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Qian <zhangq@qti.qualcomm.com>
This adds support for SAE in AP mode with the atheros driver interface.
EVENT_RX_MGMT includes SAE processing while EVENT_AUTH would require
more changes to make this work.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Undefine the __bitwise macro before defining it to avoid conflicts
with the one from linux/types.h; the same is done some lines above
when __CHECKER__ is defined. Fixes the following warning:
In file included from ../src/l2_packet/l2_packet_linux.c:15:0:
hostap/src/utils/common.h:438:0: warning: "__bitwise" redefined
#define __bitwise
In file included from /usr/include/linux/filter.h:9:0,
from ../src/l2_packet/l2_packet_linux.c:13:
/usr/include/linux/types.h:21:0: note: this is the location of the previous definition
#define __bitwise __bitwise__
Signed-off-by: Beniamino Galvani <bgalvani@redhat.com>
../src/common/dpp.c: In function 'dpp_test_gen_invalid_key':
../src/common/dpp.c:5531:10: warning: return makes integer from pointer without a cast [-Wint-conversion]
return NULL;
^
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
There should be no wpa_pmk_to_ptk() calls with the cipher argument
indicating a cipher that is not allowed as a pairwise cipher. However,
it looks like that was possible to happen with wlantest. Check for this
corner case explicitly to avoid generating confusing debug logs.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This is for protocol testing to check what happens if the Responser
receives an unexpected Authentication Response instead of Authentication
Confirm.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This prevents issues where an unexpected message in the DPP
Authentication exchange or PKEX could result in undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This extends wpa_supplicant DPP implementation to retransmit DPP
Authentication Response frame every 10 seconds up to 5 times if the peer
does not reply with DPP Authentication Confirm frame.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously, this command stopped listen operation immediately, but if
there was an ongoing authentication exchange, a new listen operation was
started. This is not really expected behavior, so stop the
authentication exchange first with this command to avoid restarting
listen operation.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The new role=either parameter can now be used with DPP_AUTH_INIT to
indicate that the initiator can take either the Configurator or Enrollee
role.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This extends wpa_supplicant to iterate over all available channels from
the intersection of what the peer indicates and the local device
supports when initiating DPP Authentication. In addition, retry DPP
Authentication Request frame up to five times if no response is
received.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This is an initial step in allowing non-operating channel operations
with DPP when hostapd is the Responder. For now, this is only used for
specifying role=configurator/enrollee and qr=mutual cases similarly to
the wpa_supplicant configuration for in Responder role. Request to use a
non-operating channel will be rejected.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add the following vendor commands and their vendor attributes for
spectral scan.
1) QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SPECTRAL_SCAN_GET_CONFIG
Get current values of spectral parameters.
2) QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SPECTRAL_SCAN_GET_DIAG_STATS
Get stats for spectral scan debug.
3) QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SPECTRAL_SCAN_GET_CAP_INFO
Get the spectral hardware capability.
4) QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SPECTRAL_SCAN_GET_STATUS
Get the current status of spectral scan.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Some drivers may accept the remain-on-channel command, but instead of
indicating start event for remain-on-channel, just indicate that the
operation has been canceled immediately. This listen cancel from the
WAIT_PEER_CONNECT state ended up in discontinuation of further
WAIT_PEER_IDLE/WAIT_PEER_CONNECT state transitions. Hence, delay the
subsequent IDLE state by 100 ms.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_LL_STATS_EXT_REPORT_TIME
and QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_LL_STATS_EXT_MEASUREMENT_TIME to record
timestamp and duration for the last MAC counters. Some user layer
application is delay sensitive. It needs to know time stamp and
measurment duration for the counters.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Qian <zhangq@qti.qualcomm.com>
K and z can be derived already based on information available at the
time the PKEX Exchange Request is being processed, so move these there
from the PKEX Commit-Reveal Request processing since that matches the
DPP tech spec description close and allows PKEX exchange to be aborted
earlier if anything unexpected happens.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add limit on number of failed attempts that could have used PKEX code.
If the limit (5) is reached, drop the PKEX state (including the code)
and report this on the control interface to indicate that a new code
needs to be entered due to possible attack.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Clean up the pending PKEX exchange if Commit-Reveal Request processing
indicates a mismatch in the PKEX code. Previously, the this case was
silently ignored and the session was left in pending state that
prevented new PKEX exchanges from getting initated. Now, a new attempt
is allowed to be initiated.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Number of places writing BIGNUM values with left-padding were open
coding this helper functionality unnecessarily.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Report mismatching finite cyclic group with PKEX Exchange Response using
STATUS_BAD_GROUP and provide more detailed error report over the control
interface on the peer device when this happens.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The optional channel information was removed from the discovery object
in the DPP tech spec, so no need to maintain this TODO note anymore.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The previously used WLAN_REASON_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE (14) value as a
response to Authentication frame or (Re)Association Request frame is not
correct since the resp value is encoded in the Status Code (not Reason
Code) field. Status Code 14 is WLAN_STATUS_UNKNOWN_AUTH_TRANSACTION
which is really what this value would have meant in the response frames.
There is no Michael MIC failure status code, so have to use the generic
"Unspecified failure" (1) reason code for these cases.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This cleans up dpp_pkex_rx_commit_reveal_req() a bit and makes it easier
to add protocol testing functionality to PKEX exchange similarly to the
previously added DPP Authentication case.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This cleans up dpp_pkex_rx_exchange_resp() a bit and makes it easier to
add protocol testing functionality to PKEX exchange similarly to the
previously added DPP Authentication case.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This cleans up dpp_pkex_rx_exchange_req() a bit and makes it easier to
add protocol testing functionality to PKEX exchange similarly to the
previously added DPP Authentication case.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Indicate to upper layers if PKEX Commit-Reveal Request frame AES-SIV
decryption fails. That is a likely sign of the PKEX code mismatch
between the devices.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Build breakage was introduced by commit
d8afdb210e ('Allow EAPOL-Key messages 1/4
and 3/4 to be retransmitted for testing') for some
CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y builds without CONFIG_IEEE80211W=y.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
This provides access to the Minimum/Maximum Transmit Power Capabilitie
fileds (the nominal minimum/maximum transmit power with which the STA
is capable of transmitting in the current channel; signed integer in
units of decibels relative to 1 mW).
Signed-off-by: bhagavathi perumal s <bperumal@qti.qualcomm.com>
Handle OWE DH exchange and key setup when processing the association
event from a driver that implements AP SME.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
While most places using this should be for cases where the hw_features
functionality is required, there seem to be some paths that are getting
exposed in new OWE related operations where that might not be the case.
Add explicit NULL pointer checks to avoid dereferencing the pointer if
it is not set when operating with driver wrappers that do not provide
sufficient information.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Normally, WNM-Sleep Mode exit with management frame protection
negotiated would result in the current GTK/IGTK getting added into the
WNM-Sleep Mode Response frame. Some station implementations may have a
vulnerability that results in GTK/IGTK reinstallation based on this
frame being replayed. Add a new hostapd configuration parameter that can
be used to disable that behavior and use EAPOL-Key frames for GTK/IGTK
update instead. This would likely be only used with
wpa_disable_eapol_key_retries=1 that enables a workaround for similar
issues with EAPOL-Key. This is related to station side vulnerabilities
CVE-2017-13087 and CVE-2017-13088. To enable this AP-side workaround,
set wnm_sleep_mode_no_keys=1.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
When strict group rekeying is in effect, every station that leaves will
cause a rekeying to happen 0.5 s after leaving. However, if a lot of
stations join/leave, the previous code could postpone this rekeying
forever, since it always re-registers the handling with a 0.5 s timeout.
Use eloop_deplete_timeout() to address that, only registering the
timeout from scratch if it wasn't pending.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to test the WoWLAN GTK rekeying KRACK mitigation, add a
REKEY_GTK hostapd control interface command that can be used at certain
points of the test.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow the Initiator to request a different channel to be used for DPP
Authentication and DPP Configuration exchanges. This commit adds support
for this in wpa_supplicant with the optional neg_freq=<freq in MHz>
parameter in DPP_AUTH_INIT.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Process Authentication Confirm with the two failure cases defined in the
spec: STATUS_NOT_COMPATIBLE and STATUS_AUTH_FAILURE. This verifies the
{R-nonce}k2 part and reports more detailed failure reason if the message
is valid.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If Authentication Response processing fails due to R-capab
incompatibility or R-auth mismatch, send Authentication Confirm with
error status.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This extends the dpp_test mechanism to allow I-nonce, R-capab, R-auth,
and I-auth values in Authentication Response/Confirm to use incorrect
values.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously, Initiator decided whether to use mutual authentication on
its own based on having own and peer bootstrapping info. This prevented
Responder from selecting not to use mutual authentication in such a
case. Fix this by allowed Initiator to fall back to non-mutual
authentication based on Responder choice if the bootstrapping mechanism
allows this (PKEX does not; it mandates use of mutual authentication).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This is useful for protocol testing purposes and UI needs to display
more detailed information about DPP exchanges.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This extends the dpp_test mechanism to allow each of the required
attributes in Authentication Confirm to be omitted.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This is useful for protocol testing purposes and UI needs to display
more detailed information about DPP exchanges.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This extends the dpp_test mechanism to allow each of the required
attributes in Authentication Response to be omitted.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This cleans up old dpp_auth_build_resp() (now dpp_auth_build_resp_ok())
a bit by separating initialization steps for a DPP authentication
session from the code needed to build the frame. This allows
dpp_auth_build_resp_status() to share the helper function instead of
having to maintain a duplicated message construction implementation. In
addition, this makes it easier to remove some of the attributes for
protocol testing purposes.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This extends the dpp_test mechanism to allow each of the required
attributes in Authentication Request to be omitted.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This cleans up dpp_auth_init() a bit by separating initialization steps
for a DPP authentication session from the code needed to build the
frame. In addition, this makes it easier to remove some of the
attributes for protocol testing purposes.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This is helpful for testing purposes and also for upper layer components
that may want to show more detailed progress through a DPP exchange.
Both the DPP-TX and DPP-TX-STATUS events are provided.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This is helpful for testing purposes and also for upper layer components
that may want to show more detailed progress through a DPP exchange.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Now that dpp_check_attrs() takes care of verifying that no attributes
are after the Wrapped Data attribute, the duplicated checks in hostapd
and wpa_supplicant side of the implementation can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add a generic mechanism for configuring the DPP implementation to behave
in particular different (mostly incorrect) ways for protocol testing
purposes. The new dpp_test parameter can be set to a non-zero integer to
indicate a specific behavior. This is only available in
CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y builds.
This commit include cases for an extra attribute being added after the
Wrapped Data attribute and Initiator/Responder capabilities having an
unexpected zero capability.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
While using an external RADIUS server SUCCESS messages were not being
sent (internal was fine). Also add event messages for other states that
others might find useful, and consistency between the two.
Signed-off-by: Michael Baird <Michael.Baird@ecs.vuw.ac.nz>
Build breakage was introduced by commit
16579769ff ('Add testing functionality for
resetting PN/IPN for configured keys') for some CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y
builds.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
The hostapd bss_transition parameter was previously used to control
advertisement of BSS Transition Management support, but it was not used
when processing BSS Transition Management Query/Response frames. Add an
explicit check during frame processing as well so that any misbehaving
station is ignored. In addition to bss_transition=1, allow mbo=1 to be
used to mark the functionality enabled.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The hostapd wnm_sleep_mode parameter was previously used to control
advertisement of WNM-Sleep Mode support, but it was not used when
processing a request to use WNM-Sleep Mode. Add an explicit check during
request processing as well so that any misbehaving station is ignored.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows hostapd testing functionality to be forced to send out a
plaintext EAPOL-Key frame with the RESEND_* command. That can be useful
in seeing how the station behaves if an unencrypted EAPOL frame is
received when TK is already configured.
This is not really perfect since there is no convenient way of sending
out a single unencrypted frame in the current nl80211 design. The
monitor interface could likely still do this, but that's not really
supposed to be used anymore. For now, clear and restore TK during this
operation. The restore part is not really working correctly, though,
since it ends up clearing the TSC value on the AP side and that shows up
as replay protection issues on the station. Anyway, this is sufficient
to generate sniffer captures to analyze station behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
After an initial connection certain connection parameters may be
updated. It may be necessary to send these parameters to drivers since
these will be used in driver-initiated roaming cases. This commit
defines the driver_ops call for this and implements the needed
functionality for the nl80211 driver interface.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add additional attributes to specify the PMK, PMKID, and the ERP next
sequence number to the vendor subcommand
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_KEY_MGMT_ROAM_AUTH. These are needed in case
of an offloaded FILS roaming.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This fixes a corner case where RSN pre-authentication candidate from
scan results was ignored if the station was associated with that BSS
just before running the new scan for the connection.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This allows a more accurate scan result age to be fetched than the one
available through NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Verify that TK, KCK, and KEK lengths are set to consistent values within
struct wpa_ptk before using them in supplicant. This is an additional
layer of protection against unexpected states.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This adds a new hostapd configuration parameter
wpa_disable_eapol_key_retries=1 that can be used to disable
retransmission of EAPOL-Key frames that are used to install
keys (EAPOL-Key message 3/4 and group message 1/2). This is
similar to setting wpa_group_update_count=1 and
wpa_pairwise_update_count=1, but with no impact to message 1/4
retries and with extended timeout for messages 4/4 and group
message 2/2 to avoid causing issues with stations that may use
aggressive power saving have very long time in replying to the
EAPOL-Key messages.
This option can be used to work around key reinstallation attacks
on the station (supplicant) side in cases those station devices
cannot be updated for some reason. By removing the
retransmissions the attacker cannot cause key reinstallation with
a delayed frame transmission. This is related to the station side
vulnerabilities CVE-2017-13077, CVE-2017-13078, CVE-2017-13079,
CVE-2017-13080, and CVE-2017-13081.
This workaround might cause interoperability issues and reduced
robustness of key negotiation especially in environments with
heavy traffic load due to the number of attempts to perform the
key exchange is reduced significantly. As such, this workaround
is disabled by default (unless overridden in build
configuration). To enable this, set the parameter to 1.
It is also possible to enable this in the build by default by
adding the following to the build configuration:
CFLAGS += -DDEFAULT_WPA_DISABLE_EAPOL_KEY_RETRIES=1
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The new hostapd control interface commands "RESEND_M1 <addr>" and
"RESEND_M3 <addr>" can be used to request a retransmission of the 4-Way
Handshake messages 1/4 and 3/4 witht he same or modified ANonce (in M1).
This functionality is for testing purposes and included only in builds
with CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The new hostapd control interface command "RESEND_GROUP_M1 <addr>" can
be used to request a retransmission of the Group Key Handshake message
1/2 for the current GTK.
This functionality is for testing purposes and included only in builds
with CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This can be used to test replay protection. The "RESET_PN" command in
wpa_supplicant and "RESET_PN <addr>" command in hostapd resets the local
counters to zero for the last configured key. For hostapd, the address
parameter specifies which STA this operation is for or selects GTK
("ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff") or IGTK ("ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff IGTK").
This functionality is for testing purposes and included only in builds
with CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Instead of setting the default PMK length for the cleared PMK, set the
length to 0 and explicitly check for this when deriving PTK to avoid
unexpected key derivation with an all-zeroes key should it be possible
to somehow trigger PTK derivation to happen before PMK derivation.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This makes it easier to understand the cases where PMK gets configured
based on information from upper layer call (e.g., a PSK).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Currently, reinstallations of the PTK are prevented by (1) assuring the
same TPTK is only set once as the PTK, and (2) that one particular PTK
is only installed once. This patch makes it more explicit that point (1)
is required to prevent key reinstallations. At the same time, this patch
hardens wpa_supplicant such that future changes do not accidentally
break this property.
Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@cs.kuleuven.be>
This was originally added to allow the IEEE 802.11 protocol to be
tested, but there are no known fully functional implementations based on
this nor any known deployments of PeerKey functionality. Furthermore,
PeerKey design in the IEEE Std 802.11-2016 standard has already been
marked as obsolete for DLS and it is being considered for complete
removal in REVmd.
This implementation did not really work, so it could not have been used
in practice. For example, key configuration was using incorrect
algorithm values (WPA_CIPHER_* instead of WPA_ALG_*) which resulted in
mapping to an invalid WPA_ALG_* value for the actual driver operation.
As such, the derived key could not have been successfully set for the
link.
Since there are bugs in this implementation and there does not seem to
be any future for the PeerKey design with DLS (TDLS being the future for
DLS), the best approach is to simply delete all this code to simplify
the EAPOL-Key handling design and to get rid of any potential issues if
these code paths were accidentially reachable.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The driver is expected to not report a second association event without
the station having explicitly request a new association. As such, this
case should not be reachable. However, since reconfiguring the same
pairwise or group keys to the driver could result in nonce reuse issues,
be extra careful here and do an additional state check to avoid this
even if the local driver ends up somehow accepting an unexpected
(Re)Association Response frame.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The previous implementation ended up starting a new EAPOL-Key 4-way
handshake if the STA were to attempt to perform another association.
This resulted in immediate disconnection since the PTK was not ready for
configuring FILS TK at the point when EAPOL-Key msg 1/4 is sent out.
This is better than alloing the association to continue with the same TK
reconfigured, but not really ideal.
Address this potential sequence by not starting a new 4-way handshake on
the additional association attempt. Instead, allow the association to
complete, but do so without reconfiguring the TK to avoid potential
issues with PN reuse with the same TK.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This allows ext_mgmt_frame_handling=1 cases with hostapd to process TX
status events based on external processing. This is useful for increased
test coverage of management frame processing.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The driver is expected to not report a second association event without
the station having explicitly request a new association. As such, this
case should not be reachable. However, since reconfiguring the same
pairwise or group keys to the driver could result in nonce reuse issues,
be extra careful here and do an additional state check to avoid this
even if the local driver ends up somehow accepting an unexpected
Reassociation Response frame.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Do not try to reconfigure the same TPK-TK to the driver after it has
been successfully configured. This is an explicit check to avoid issues
related to resetting the TX/RX packet number. There was already a check
for this for TPK M2 (retries of that message are ignored completely), so
that behavior does not get modified.
For TPK M3, the TPK-TK could have been reconfigured, but that was
followed by immediate teardown of the link due to an issue in updating
the STA entry. Furthermore, for TDLS with any real security (i.e.,
ignoring open/WEP), the TPK message exchange is protected on the AP path
and simple replay attacks are not feasible.
As an additional corner case, make sure the local nonce gets updated if
the peer uses a very unlikely "random nonce" of all zeros.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The Authenticator state machine path for PTK rekeying ended up bypassing
the AUTHENTICATION2 state where a new ANonce is generated when going
directly to the PTKSTART state since there is no need to try to
determine the PMK again in such a case. This is far from ideal since the
new PTK would depend on a new nonce only from the supplicant.
Fix this by generating a new ANonce when moving to the PTKSTART state
for the purpose of starting new 4-way handshake to rekey PTK.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Properly track whether a PTK has already been installed to the driver
and the TK part cleared from memory. This prevents an attacker from
trying to trick the client into installing an all-zero TK.
This fixes the earlier fix in commit
ad00d64e7d ('Fix TK configuration to the
driver in EAPOL-Key 3/4 retry case') which did not take into account
possibility of an extra message 1/4 showing up between retries of
message 3/4.
Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@cs.kuleuven.be>
This extends the protection to track last configured GTK/IGTK value
separately from EAPOL-Key frames and WNM-Sleep Mode frames to cover a
corner case where these two different mechanisms may get used when the
GTK/IGTK has changed and tracking a single value is not sufficient to
detect a possible key reconfiguration.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Track the current GTK and IGTK that is in use and when receiving a
(possibly retransmitted) Group Message 1 or WNM-Sleep Mode Response, do
not install the given key if it is already in use. This prevents an
attacker from trying to trick the client into resetting or lowering the
sequence counter associated to the group key.
Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@cs.kuleuven.be>
Do not reinstall TK to the driver during Reassociation Response frame
processing if the first attempt of setting the TK succeeded. This avoids
issues related to clearing the TX/RX PN that could result in reusing
same PN values for transmitted frames (e.g., due to CCM nonce reuse and
also hitting replay protection on the receiver) and accepting replayed
frames on RX side.
This issue was introduced by the commit
0e84c25434 ('FT: Fix PTK configuration in
authenticator') which allowed wpa_ft_install_ptk() to be called multiple
times with the same PTK. While the second configuration attempt is
needed with some drivers, it must be done only if the first attempt
failed.
Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@cs.kuleuven.be>
The new sae_password hostapd configuration parameter can now be used to
set the SAE password instead of the previously used wpa_passphrase
parameter. This allows shorter than 8 characters and longer than 63
characters long passwords to be used. In addition, this makes it
possible to configure a BSS with both WPA-PSK and SAE enabled to use
different passphrase/password based on which AKM is selected.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Memory allocation failures could have resulted in error paths that
dereference a NULL pointer or double-freeing memory. Fix this by
explicitly clearing the freed pointer and checking allocation results.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The new hostapd configuration parameter owe_groups can be used to
specify a subset of the allowed DH groups as a space separated list of
group identifiers.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y builds of wpa_supplicant to
override the OWE DH Parameters element in (Re)Association Request frames
with arbitrary data specified with the "VENDOR_ELEM_ADD 13 <IE>"
command. This is only for testing purposes.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This additional field was added to DPP Public Action frames in DPP tech
spec v0.2.3 to support cryptographic agility in the future.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This matches the change in the DPP tech spec to make this less likely to
be confused with the shared secret z.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The owe_transition_bssid and owe_transition_ssid parameters can now be
replace with owe_transition_ifname to clone the BSSID/SSID information
automatically in case the same hostapd process manages both the OWE and
open BSS for transition mode.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The Key MIC field value got truncated for all cases and incorrect HMAC
hash algorithm was used for the SHA512 cases.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This extends OWE support in wpa_supplicant to allow DH groups 20 and 21
to be used in addition to the mandatory group 19 (NIST P-256). The group
is configured using the new network profile parameter owe_group.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This extends OWE support in hostapd to allow DH groups 20 and 21 to be
used in addition to the mandatory group 19 (NIST P-256).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This extends the helper functions for determining OWE key lengths and
Key MIC values to support other DH curves beyond the mandatory group 19.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This is not normally done in RSN, but RFC 8110 seems to imply that AP
has to include OWE AKM in the RSNE within these frames. So, add the RSNE
to (Re)Association Response frames when OWE is being negotiated.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
sm->pmk_len was not set when deriving the PMK as part of OWE key
generation. This depending on wpa_sm_set_pmk_from_pmksa() call resetting
the value to the default. While this worked for many cases, this is not
correct and can have issues with network profile selection based on
association information. For example, the OWE transition mode cases
would hit an issue here.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The new owe_transition_bssid and owe_transition_ssid parameters can be
used to configure hostapd to advertise the OWE Transition Mode element.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Replace vendor-specific elements for HE capabilities and HE operation
elements with the P802.11ax defined element values. This version is
based on P802.11ax/D1.4.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
These allow external programs to fetch the TX and RX rate information
and signal strength for a specific STA through the hostapd control
interface command "STA <addr>". The values of these attributes are
filled in the response of nl80211 command NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION.
Signed-off-by: bhagavathi perumal s <bperumal@qti.qualcomm.com>
Commit 84751b98c1 ('WPS: Allow wildcard
UUID PIN to be used twice') relaxed the constraints on how many time a
wildcard PIN can be used to allow two attempts. However, it did this in
a way that could result in concurrent attempts resulting in the wildcard
PIN being invalidated even without the second attempt actually going as
far as trying to use the PIN and a WPS protocol run.
wildcard_uuid is a flag/counter set for wildcard PINs and it is
incremented whenever the PIN is retrieved by wps_registrar_get_pin().
Eventually it causes the wildcard PIN to be released, effectively
limiting the number of registration attempts with a wildcard PIN.
With the previous implementation, when the PIN is in use and locked
(PIN_LOCKED), it is not returned from wps_registrar_get_pin() but
wildcard_uuid is still incremented which can cause the PIN to be
released earlier and stations will have fewer registration attempts with
it. Fix this scenario by only incrementing wildcard_uuid if the PIN is
actually going to be returned and used.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add 802.11ax channel property flags for use with external ACS (QCA
vendor command). Use the remaining available bits in
qca_wlan_vendor_channel_prop_flags for the first few 11ax flags. Then
add qca_wlan_vendor_channel_prop_flags_2 as a continuation of
qca_wlan_vendor_channel_prop_flags and add the remaining 11ax flags
there. Note that qca_wlan_vendor_channel_prop_flags_ext is not used
since it is currently not intended for holding such information. Rather
it is meant for holding additional control information related to
features such as DFS, CSA, etc.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The new wpa_supplicant network parameter group_mgmt can be used to
specify which group management ciphers (AES-128-CMAC, BIP-GMAC-128,
BIP-GMAC-256, BIP-CMAC-256) are allowed for the network. If not
specified, the current behavior is maintained (i.e., follow what the AP
advertises). The parameter can list multiple space separate ciphers.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
ieee802_1x_kay_decode_mkpdu() calls ieee802_1x_mka_i_in_peerlist()
before body_len has been checked on all segments.
ieee802_1x_kay_decode_mkpdu() and ieee802_1x_mka_i_in_peerlist() might
continue and thus underflow left_len even if it finds left_len to small
(or before checking).
Additionally, ieee802_1x_mka_dump_peer_body() might perform out of bound
reads in this case.
Fix this by checking left_len and aborting if too small early.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
In fils_hlp_finish_assoc() the station is already added to the
driver so it is not needed to check the 'added_unassociated'
flag.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
The FILS features on STA needs to be disabled for testing purposes to
verify the APUT behavior with non-FILS STAs. Add a QCA vendor attribute
for doing so.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Update these comments based on IEEE Std 802.11-2016 to get rid of the
already resolved TODO comment regarding duplicated N_KEY use. The
implementation does not need any changes since it was already following
the fixed version in the current standard.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add checking for NULL req_ies when FILS processing a driver ASSOC event
in hostapd_notif_assoc(). This was already done in number of old code
paths, but the newer FILS path did not handle this. Though, it is
unlikely that this code path would be reachable in practice since this
is all within sta->auth_alg == WLAN_AUTH_FILS_* check.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Reject a DHE handshake if the server uses a DH prime that does not have
sufficient length to meet the Suite B 192-bit level requirement (<= 3k
(3072) bits).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The hostapd.conf tls_flags=[SUITEB-NO-ECDH] and wpa_supplicant network
profile phase1="tls_suiteb_no_ecdh=1" can now be used to configure Suite
B RSA constraints with ECDHE disabled. This is mainly to allow
the DHE TLS cipher suite to be tested.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Reject a peer certificate chain if it includes an RSA public key that
does not use sufficient key length to meet the Suite B 192-bit level
requirement (<= 3k (3072) bits).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This adds phase1 parameter tls_suiteb=1 into wpa_supplicant
configuration to allow TLS library (only OpenSSL supported for now) to
use Suite B 192-bit level rules with RSA when using >= 3k (3072) keys.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The new psk=<hexdump> can be used as an alternative to pass=<passphrase>
when configuring the DPP Configurator with a legacy network parameters.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
These control interface event messages can be used to allow hostapd AP
to be configured for legacy WPA2-Personal configuration with DPP.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
While the Suite B AKM is not really going to be used with CCMP-128 or
GCMP-128 cipher, this corner case could be fixed if it is useful for
some testing purposes. Allow that special case to skip the HMAC-SHA1
check based on CCMP/GCMP cipher and use the following AKM-defined check
instead.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This part is missing from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, but the lack of DHss
here means there would not be proper PFS for the case where PMKSA
caching is used with FILS SK+PFS authentication. This was not really the
intent of the FILS design and that issue was fixed during REVmd work
with the changes proposed in
https://mentor.ieee.org/802.11/dcn/17/11-17-0906-04-000m-fils-fixes.docx
that add DHss into FILS-Key-Data (and PTK, in practice) derivation for
the PMKSA caching case so that a unique ICK, KEK, and TK are derived
even when using the same PMK.
Note: This is not backwards compatible, i.e., this breaks PMKSA caching
with FILS SK+PFS if only STA or AP side implementation is updated.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016 had missed a change in the Pairwise key hierarchy
clause (12.7.1.3 in IEEE Std 802.11-2016) and due to that, the previous
implementation ended up using HMAC-SHA-1 -based PMKID derivation. This
was not really the intent of the FILS design and that issue was fixed
during REVmd work with the changes proposed in
https://mentor.ieee.org/802.11/dcn/17/11-17-0906-04-000m-fils-fixes.docx
that change FILS cases to use HMAC-SHA-256 and HMAC-SHA-384 based on the
negotiated AKM.
Update the implementation to match the new design. This changes the
rsn_pmkid() function to take in the more generic AKMP identifier instead
of a boolean identifying whether SHA256 is used.
Note: This is not backwards compatible, i.e., this breaks PMKSA caching
based on the initial ERP key hierarchy setup if only STA or AP side
implementation is updated. PMKSA caching based on FILS authentication
exchange is not impacted by this, though.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
secy_init_macsec() can fail (if ->macsec_init fails), and
ieee802_1x_kay_init() should handle this and not let MKA run any
further, because nothing is going to work anyway.
On failure, ieee802_1x_kay_init() must deinit its kay, which will free
kay->ctx, so ieee802_1x_kay_init callers (only ieee802_1x_alloc_kay_sm)
must not do it. Before this patch there is a double-free of the ctx
argument when ieee802_1x_kay_deinit() was called.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Removing interface from bridge in_br
linux_br_del_if(drv->global->ioctl_sock, in_br, ifname)
but in case of failure, the error print is incorrect:
it should show error for "in_br" instead of the wrong bridge name
"brname".
Signed-off-by: Rohit Pratap Singh <rohit.s@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Amit Khatri <amit.khatri@samsung.com>
ubsan reported:
../src/crypto/random.c:69:30: runtime error: shift exponent 32 is too large for 32-bit type 'unsigned int'
Explicitly check for the ROL32(x, 0) case which is supposed to be a
no-op.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
After KDF negotiation, must check only requested change occurred in the
list of AT_KDF attributes. If there are any other changes, the peer must
behave like the case that AT_MAC had been incorrect and authentication
is failed. These are defined in EAP-AKA' specification RFC 5448, Section
3.2.
Add a complete check of AT_KDF attributes and send Client-Error if a
change which is not requested is included in it.
Signed-off-by: Tomoharu Hatano <tomoharu.hatano@sony.com>
AT_KDF attributes need to be included in Synchronization-Failure
according to EAP-AKA' specification RFC 5448.
Signed-off-by: Tomoharu Hatano <tomoharu.hatano@sony.com>
pmksa_cache_add_entry() may actually free old_entry if the PMKSA cache
is full. This can result in the PMKSA cache containing entries with
corrupt expiration times.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Elble <aweits@rit.edu>
The "FILS: No pending HLP DHCP exchange with hw_addr" debug message was
missing a space before the following MAC address, so add that there to
make the message more readable.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
It looks like these parameters related to FT have never been used, so
remove them from causing confusion. The separate update_ft_ies()
callback is used to provide the FT elements.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The new sae_commit_override=<hexdump> parameter can be used to force
hostapd to override SAE commit message fields for testing purposes. This
is included only in CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y builds.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Allow hostapd to be configured to perform SAE reflection attack for SAE
testing purposes with sae_reflection_attack=1 configuration parameter.
This is included only in CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y builds.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add PMKID into EAPOL-Key 1/4 when using SAE and fix the PMK-from-PMKSA
selection in some cases where PSK (from passphrase) could have been
used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This was previously defined inconsistently (H() vs. SHA256()), but it is
now clarified in the draft tech spec to use SHA256(), so update
implementation to do that.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE needs to be skipped if multiple auth_alg options
are included. The previous list missed the new FILS auth_alg here and
ended up not doing so if OPEN and FILS were included.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
DPP tech spec changed the contents of these frames by replacing the
public key hash attributes with a Transaction ID attribute that gets
copied from the request to the response to identify the transaction in a
simpler manner.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Use the SSL_get_SSL_CTX() helper instead of dereferencing SSL* since
struct ssl_st is not exposed in public header files anymore.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This is an event indicating to the user space that the driver has
detected an internal failure. The driver is expected to recover from
such a failure automatically, e.g., by resetting the device. This event
carries the information indicating the reason that triggered this
detection.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The previous implementation was able to parse arrays of objects, but not
arrays of other types of items.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The two channel width bits in the VHT capability field can be decoded in
following values (IEEE Std 802.11ac-2013 8.4.2.160.2 VHT Capabilities
Info field):
* 0: no 160 or 80+80 MHz support
* 1: 160 MHz support
* 2: 160 and 80+80 MHz support
* 3: (reserved)
The check must therefore not be done bitwise but instead it must checked
whether the capabilities announced by the driver are at least the ones
requested by the user.
Fixes: c781eb8428 ("hostapd: Verify VHT capabilities are supported by driver")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
Previously, CONFIG_WNM enabled build that supports WNM for both
station mode and AP mode. However, in most wpa_supplicant cases only
station mode WNM is required and there is no need for AP mode WNM.
Add support to differentiate between station mode WNM and AP mode
WNM in wpa_supplicant builds by adding CONFIG_WNM_AP that should be
used when AP mode WNM support is required in addition to station mode
WNM. This allows binary size to be reduced for builds that require
only the station side WNM functionality.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
X509_ALGOR_get0() was modified to use const ** pointer as the first
argument in OpenSSL 1.1.0, so need to use different type here to avoid
compilation issues.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Previously, the pointer to strdup passwd was left in OpenSSL library
default_passwd_cb_userdata and even the default_passwd_cb was left set
on an error path. To avoid unexpected behavior if something were to
manage to use there pointers, clear them explicitly once done with
loading of the private key.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Since OpenSSL version 1.1.0f, SSL_use_PrivateKey_file() uses the
callback from the SSL object instead of the one from the CTX, so let's
set the callback on both SSL and CTX. Note that
SSL_set_default_passwd_cb*() is available only in 1.1.0.
Signed-off-by: Beniamino Galvani <bgalvani@redhat.com>
Add a build option to select different default ciphers for OpenSSL
instead of the hardcoded default "DEFAULT:!EXP:!LOW".
This new option is useful on distributions where the security level
should be consistent for all applications, as in Fedora [1]. In such
cases the new configuration option would be set to "" or
"PROFILE=SYSTEM" to select the global crypto policy by default.
[1] https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/CryptoPolicy
Signed-off-by: Beniamino Galvani <bgalvani@redhat.com>
Add OCE IE in Beacon, Probe Response, and (Re)Association Response
frames if OCE is enabled in the configuration.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Check if device supports OCE STA/STA-CFON/AP specific mandatory
features. This commit includes checking based on the QCA vendor
attributes.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This request ID was wrongly referred from the REQUEST_ID in
enum qca_wlan_vendor_attr_gscan_config_params which is mapped to
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_PNO_PASSPOINT_LIST_PARAM_NUM in PNO Config.
Hence define a different attribute to represent the request ID
for PNO Config.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
In case of incorrect HT40 configuration as part of an attempt to create
a 80 MHz AP, iface->conf->vht_oper_centr_freq_seg0_idx and
iface->conf->vht_oper_centr_freq_seg1_idx are zero'ed, but
iface->conf->vht_oper_chwidth remains VHT_CHANWIDTH_80MHZ. This causes
the logic in dfs_get_start_chan_idx to fail.
Fix this by setting iface->conf->vht_oper_chwidth to
VHT_CHANWIDTH_USE_HT when zero'ing the center frequency parameters.
Signed-off-by: Naftali Goldstein <naftali.goldstein@intel.com>
dpp.h file requires openssl in order to compile, which breaks
compilation on systems without it.
Move DPP_OUI_TYPE to ieee802_11_defs.h and don't include dpp.h when
not really needed.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Add changes to control interface command get_capability to advertize
FILS capability, FILS AKMs suites, and FILS Authentication algorithms
based on the driver capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The attribute is QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_SAR_LIMITS_SAR_ENABLE, not
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_SAR_LIMITS_SELECT.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
hostapd did not add a new PMKSA cache entry when FILS shared key
authentication was used, i.e., only the initial full authentication
resulted in a PMKSA cache entry being created. Derive the PMKID for the
ERP case as well and add a PMKSA cache entry if the ERP exchange
succeeds.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The EAP message included in FILS Wrapped Data from the non-AP STA to the
AP is EAP-Initiate/Re-auth.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The DPP Configurator can use this new command to generate its own signed
connector for the network that it manages.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This extends the hostapd control interface to support the
DPP_BOOTSTRAP_INFO command that was recently added for wpa_supplicant.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The default value for GTK rekeying period was previously hardcoded to
600 seconds for all cases. Leave that short value only for TKIP as group
cipher while moving to the IEEE 802.11 default value of 86400 seconds
(once-per-day) for CCMP/GCMP.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This updates the previously copied implementation to be up-to-date with
the more recent wpa_supplicant changes.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Allow hostapd to initiate and respond with PKEX bootstrapping similarly
to how this was implemented in wpa_supplicant.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
These need to be compatible for the JWS protected header signing to be
valid, so add an explicit check to confirm this.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Instead of trying to share the existing definitions for NIST curves,
start using unique strings for Brainpool curves.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This implements genric PKEX functionality in src/common/dpp.c and glue
code to use this in wpa_supplicant (i.e, hostapd DPP implementation does
not yet support PKEX).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Use helper functions to cover all three different hash algorithm options
for DPP operations instead of having separate calls to each function at
every location a hash operation based on the curve is needed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This makes it easier to notice a reason for failure in cases a connector
string has been truncated.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This function is used for parsing both the C-sign-key and netAccessKey,
so better not imply that all cases are C-sign-key in the debug prints.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Set temporary disallowed BSSID list to the driver so that the driver
doesn't try to connect to any of the blacklisted BSSIDs during
driver-based roaming operation. This commit includes support only for
the nl80211 driver interface using a QCA vendor command for this.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
ERP key was previously derived immediately after the availability of
EMSK and Session-Id and the ERP key hierarchy was saved even if the
authentication resulted in failure eventually. Instead, derive the ERP
key only after a successful EAP authentication.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This commit introduces QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_ACTIVE_TOS to specify
the active Type Of Service on the specific interface. This can be used
to modify some of the low level scan parameters (off channel dwell time,
home channel time) in the driver/firmware.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
New AKM suites like FILS-SHA256 do not use KCK and hence KCK length can
be zero. Add changes to include KCK attribute in rekey data only if the
length is non-zero.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
wpa_supplicant can now be configured to generate a network profile
automatically based on DPP configuration. The following
dpp_config_processing values can be used to specify the behavior:
0 = report received configuration to an external program for
processing; do not generate any network profile internally (default)
1 = report received configuration to an external program and generate
a network profile internally, but do not automatically connect
to the created (disabled) profile; the network profile id is
reported to external programs
2 = report received configuration to an external program, generate
a network profile internally, try to connect to the created
profile automatically
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Extend hostapd configuration to include parameters needed for the DPP
AKM: dpp_connector, dpp_netaccesskey, dpp_netaccesskey_expiry,
dpp_csign, dpp_csign_expiry.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows external programs to generate and add PMKSA cache entries
into hostapd. The main use for this is to run external DPP processing
(network introduction) and testing.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This new AKM is used with DPP when using the signed Connector to derive
a PMK. Since the KCK, KEK, and MIC lengths are variable within a single
AKM, this needs number of additional changes to get the PMK length
delivered to places that need to figure out the lengths of the PTK
components.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This adds DPP bootstrapping, authentication, and configuration into
hostapd similarly to how the design was integrated in wpa_supplicant.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This adds support for DPP Configuration Protocol using GAS. Full
generation and processing of the configuration object is not included in
this commit.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add wpa_supplicant control interface commands for parsing the bootstrap
info URI from a QR Code (get peer public key) and to generate a new
bootstrap info with private key for local use. The optional
key=<hexdump> argument to the DPP_BOOTSTRAP_GEN command can be used to
specify the bootstrapping private key in OpenSSL ECPrivateKey DER
encoding format. This results in the local bootstrapping information
entry being created with the specified key instead of generating a new
random one.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Introduction of the new base64 helper function changed the backtraces
for these OOM test cases and resulted in test failures. Update the test
scripts to work with the new implementation.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The additional SHA-384 and SHA-512 functionality is needed to support
DPP with various ECC curves.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows the eap_proxy mechanism to be used with multiple SIMs by
following the configured sim_num to index which SIM to use for when
fetching the IMSI through eap_proxy.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
For proxy based EAP methods, the EAP identity is constructed in
eap_proxy layer from IMSI when required. Realm information from identity
is used to do ERP eventually, hence construct the realm for proxy based
methods from IMSI in core wpa_supplicant to enable the ERP use case.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
wpa_supplicant tries to reinitialize an interface when a previously
removed netdev is restored (e.g., re-insert a USB dongle). If that
initialization fails (e.g., driver ejects ifconfig UP), the previous
implementation resulted in leaving the interface in incomplete state
while still claiming to upper layers that the interface status has
changed back to functional one.
Fix this by skipping the interface status update if reinitialization
fails. In other words, remain in INTERFACE_DISABLED state if the
interface cannot be re-enabled successfully.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This commit adds support for deriving ERP key information in EAP Proxy
based EAP method implementations.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
hostapd processes a received 20/40 BSS Coexistence management frame, but
if no separate callbacks are registered for handling Public Action
frames it eventually sends a reply with MSB of category code set to 1
thinking that the received frame is an invalid frame. This could happen
based on whether hostapd was built and enabled with functionality using
the callback functions.
Fix this by explicitly returning 1 from the function when the 20/40 BSS
Coexistence Management frame is processed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The new acs_exclude_dfs=1 parameter can be used to request hostapd to
exclude all DFS channels from ACS consideration. This is mainly of use
for cases where the driver supports DFS channels, but for some reason a
non-DFS channel is desired when using automatic channel selection.
Previously, the chanlist parameter could have been used for this, but
that required listing all the acceptable channels. The new parameter
allows this to be done without such a list.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This commit renames the vendor attribute
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_DISABLE_OFFCHANNEL to
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_RESTRICT_OFFCHANNEL as intended by the
original commit d506c35efc ('Set Wi-Fi
Configuration attribute to restrict offchannel operations').
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This commit defines an attribute to
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SET_WIFI_CONFIGURATION -
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_RESTRICT_OFFCHANNEL which can be used to
restrict offchannel operations on the AP/GO interface.
The goal is to restrict any operations which would cause the AP/GO to
leave its operating channel.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This commit adds changes to not generate ERP information if the domain
name is not specified in the EAP identity. keyName-NAI needs the realm
part and as such, it is reasonable to require the main EAP configuration
to provide that realm.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 3e0272ca00 ('nl80211: Re-read MAC
address on RTM_NEWLINK') added the detection of external changes to MAC
address when the interface is brought up.
If the interface state is changed quickly enough, wpa_supplicant may
receive the netlink message for the !IFF_UP event when the interface
has already been brought up and would ignore the next netlink IFF_UP
message, missing the MAC change.
Fix this by also reloading the MAC address when a !IFF_UP event is
received with the interface up, because this implies that the
interface went down and up again, possibly changing the address.
Signed-off-by: Beniamino Galvani <bgalvani@redhat.com>
This is to comply with uniform spreading requirement for ETSI domain
(section 4.7.2.7 in EN 301 893 - V1.8.1). ETSI uniform spreading
requires equal probability for the usable channels. The previous channel
selection logic after a radar detection did not fully comply with the
uniform spreading requirement for the domain by ignoring DFS channels.
Consider DFS channels also during channel selection when the current DFS
domain is ETSI.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Current DFS domain information of the driver can be used in ap/dfs
to comply with DFS domain specific requirements like uniform spreading
for ETSI domain.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
This commit introduces the following two attributes to
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_KEY_MGMT_ROAM_AUTH events:
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_ROAM_AUTH_STATUS - Indicates the status of
re-association requested by user space
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_ROAM_AUTH_RETAIN_CONNECTION - Indicates whether
the old association was maintained when a re-association
is requested by user space and that re-association attempt
fails (i.e., cannot connect to the requested BSS, but can
remain associated with the BSS with which the association was
in place when being requested to roam).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This commit defines an attribute
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_LISTEN_INTERVAL which allows the currently
used listen interval to be updated using
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SET_WIFI_CONFIGURATION. This update applies
only during the association and is done without updating the AP about
the change.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously, only SHA1 hash -based server certificate matching was used,
but the OCSP response may use SHA256 instead of SHA1, so check the match
with both hash functions, if needed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously, only SHA1 hash -based server certificate matching was used,
but the OCSP response may use SHA256 instead of SHA1, so check the match
with both hash functions, if needed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
In some practical cases, it is useful to suppress joining to node in the
distance. The new field mesh_rssi_threshold could be used as RSSI
threshold for joining.
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
This needs to allow all 20 MHz channel numbers to be converted even
though the Annex E table lists only channel _center_ frequencies 50 and
114. Neighbor Report (see IEEE Std 802.11-2016, 9.4.2.37 Neighbor Report
element) uses Channel Number field with "last known primary channel of
the AP" which refers to the 20 MHz channel and not the channel center
frequency.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Derive PMK-R0 and the relevant key names when using FILS authentication
for initial FT mobility domain association.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Derive PMK-R0 and the relevant key names when using FILS authentication
for initial FT mobility domain association. Fill in the FT IEs in
(Re)Association Request frame for this.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This extends fils_pmk_to_ptk() to allow FILS-FT to be derived. The
callers do not yet use that capability; i.e., actual use will be added
in separate commits.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The conditional gSTA and gAP (DH public keys) were not previously
included in Key-Auth derivation, but they are needed for the PFS case.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The conditional gSTA and gAP (DH public keys) were not previously
included in Key-Auth derivation, but they are needed for the PFS case.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Add support to set ignore assoc disallow to the driver so that the
driver ignores assoc disallowed bit set by APs while connecting. This is
used by drivers that handle BSS selection and roaming internally.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Enable use of FT RRB without configuring each other AP locally. Instead,
broadcast messages are exchanged to discover APs within the local
network.
When an R0KH or R1KH is discovered, it is cached for one day.
When a station uses an invalid or offline r0kh_id, requests are always
broadcast. In order to avoid this, if r0kh does not reply, a temporary
blacklist entry is added to r0kh_list.
To avoid blocking a valid r0kh when a non-existing pmk_r0_name is
requested, r0kh is required to always reply using a NAK. Resend requests
a few times to ensure blacklisting does not happen due to small packet
loss.
To free newly created stations later, the r*kh_list start pointer in
conf needs to be updateable from wpa_auth_ft.c, where only wconf is
accessed.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
This adds a counter and adds sequence numbering to FT RRB packets. The
sequence number is checked against r0kh/r1kh sequence number cache.
Special attention is needed in case the remote AP reboots and thus loses
its state. I prefer it to recover automatically even without synchronized
clocks. Therefore an identifier called dom is generated randomly along the
initial sequence number. If the dom transmitted does not match or the
sequence number is not in the range currently expected, the sender is asked
for a fresh confirmation of its currently used sequence numbers. The packet
that triggered this is cached and processed again later.
Additionally, in order to ensure freshness, the remote AP includes an
timestamp with its messages. It is then verified that the received
messages are indeed fresh by comparing it to the older timestamps
received and the time elapsed since then. Therefore FT_RRB_TIMESTAMP is
no longer needed.
This assigns new OUI 00:13:74 vendor-specific subtype 0x0001 subtypes:
4 (SEQ_REQ) and 5 (SEQ_RESP).
This breaks backward compatibility, i.e., hostapd needs to be updated
on all APs at the same time to allow FT to remain functional.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
Convert FT RRB into a new TLV based format. Use AES-SIV as AEAD cipher
to protect the messages.
This needs at least 32 byte long keys. These can be provided either
by a config file change or letting a KDF derive the 32 byte key used
from the 16 byte key given.
This breaks backward compatibility, i.e., hostapd needs to be updated on
all APs at the same time to allow FT to remain functional.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
Replace the previously used extension of IEEE 802.11 managed Ethertype
89-0d (originally added for Remote Request/Response in IEEE 802.11r)
with Ethertype 88-b7 (OUI Extended EtherType) for FT inter-AP
communication. The new design uses a more properly assigned identifier
for the messages.
This assigns the OUI 00:13:74 vendor-specific subtype 0x0001 for the new
hostapd AP-to-AP communication purposes. Subtypes 1 (PULL), 2 (RESP),
and 3 (PUSH) are also assigned in this commit for the R0KH-R1KH
protocol.
This breaks backward compatibility, i.e., hostapd needs to be updated on
all APs at the same time to allow FT to remain functional.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
The check for erp->keyname_nai within eap_erp_get_key() is apparently
too difficult for some static analyzers to notice. Add an explicit check
for os_strchr() return value being non-NULL to avoid false reports.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
These functions can potentially be called with ie == NULL and ie_len ==
0. Check explitcitly for the ie == NULL case to avoid confusing
memcpy(dst, NULL, 0) calls.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit 941caed980 ('MBO: Add MBO
ANQP-element processing on AP') changed the design by using the
rx_anqp_vendor_specific() function to process all ANQP vendor specific
elements. However, the caller for this was within ifdef CONFIG_HS20
block. Fix this by calling the function even in CONFIG_HS20=y is not
included in the build. This fixes CONFIG_MBO=y builds without
CONFIG_HS20=y.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
When starting AP in HT40 mode and both HT40+ and HT40- options are
specified in hostapd.conf, select a valid secondary channel for the AP
automatically.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This adds a string "FILS_HLP_SENT" to connect event when HLP is sent
as part of ASSOC/CONNECT request.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
ieee802_1x_kay_move_live_peer() did not check
ieee802_1x_kay_get_potential_peer() result explicitly and a static
analyzer reported a warning about the possible NULL result. This cannot
really happen in practice since the only caller of
ieee802_1x_kay_move_live_peer() verifies that the specific peer entry is
available. Anyway, it is easy to silence the false warning by adding an
explicit check here and cover any other potential case if another caller
is added.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Allow this function to be called from outside ieee802_11.c and with the
final steps replaced through a callback function.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This function does not need the frame header, so pass in only the IE
area to make it easier to share this for driver-based AP SME handling.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This is used with partial AP SME in driver cases to enable FILS
association (AES-SIV) processing.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This is needed to allow the driver SME to perform the needed AES-SIV
operations during FILS association.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This makes it easier to add more parameters without having to change the
callback function prototype.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This will be used to determine what type of operations to use for STA
authentication and association.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This commit defines an attribute
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_EXTERNAL_ACS_EVENT_POLICY to signify the preferred
channel list policy for external ACS.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If the uuid configuration parameter is not set, wpa_supplicant generates
an UUID automatically to allow WPS operations to proceed. This was
previously always using an UUID generated from the MAC address. This
commit adds an option to use a random UUID instead. The type of the
automatically generated UUID is set with the auto_uuid parameter: 0 =
based on MAC address (default; old behavior), 1 = random UUID.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
While responding to EAPOL-Key message 1/2 with EAPOL-Key message 2/2
when using FILS AKM suites the ENCRYPTED bit is not set in key info of
2/2 which causes AP to drop 2/2. Fix this by setting the ENCRYPTED bit
since FILS AKM based connection uses AEAD encryption/decryption.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
GTK rekeying was rejected if a prior 4-way handshake is not done.
Fix this by allowing GTK rekey to happen in case of a FILS connection
since it does not involve a 4-way handshake.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add a new PMKSA cache entry within wpa_supplicant if a driver event from
offloaded FILS shared key authentication indicates a new PMKSA entry was
created.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Update the internal fils_completed state when offloading FILS shared key
authentication to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows ERP keys to be managed by external entities, e.g., when
offloading FILS shared key authentication to a driver.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add support for setting and deleting PMKSA cache entries based on FILS Cache
Identifer. Also additionally add support for sending PMK as part of
SET_PMKSA to enable driver to derive keys in case of FILS shared key
offload using PMKSA caching.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This is needed for configuring PMKSA cache entries to the driver with
the FILS Cache Identifier and SSID.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add support for FILS shared key offload for drivers which advertize
FILS shared key support using NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add new vendor commands for starting and stoppping spectral scan. Add
vendor attributes for configuring spectral scan parameters as part of
the start command.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
MDE was already added with RSNE, but FTE needed to be added to the FILS
Authentication frame for the FT initial mobility domain association
using FILS authentication case.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
When using FILS for FT initial mobility domain association, add MDE to
the Authentication frame from the STA to indicate this special case for
FILS authentication.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The last SD Response frame fragment is not going to be followed by
another Action frame from the peer, so remove the 200 ms wait time from
the offchannel TX command in that case. This avoids leaving a 200 ms
lock on the radio to remain on the channel unnecessarily.
This is similar to commit 7655bd7388
('P2P: Do not use wait_time for SD Response TX without fragmentation').
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
With AP-AP communication, when hapd0 sends a packet, hapd1 can receive
it immediately and send a response. But hapd0 will only read and process
the response after it has returned from the sending context, that is
entered eloop again. So one does not need to consider the RX function of
the reply to run for the request sending hapd before the send calling
function has returned.
Previously, with intra-process communication, the packet is not
scheduled through eloop. Thus the RX handler of the reply might be run
while the sending context of the original request has not returned.
This might become problematic, e.g., when deferring a management frame
processing until an RRB response is received and then have the request
restarted and finished before the original request handling has been
stopped.
I'm not aware of any concrete bug this is currently triggering but came
across it while thinking of FT RRB AP-AP sequence numbering.
I think the non-eloop scheduling approach might be error-prone and thus
propose to model it more closely to the way the message would be
received from a socket. Additionally, this ensures that the tests model
AP-AP communication more closely to real world.
Solution: queue these packets through eloop.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
With multiple interface like AP and station which is already
associated to some other AP, when we try to do channel switch
for the AP mode (different from the operation channel support of
station) and if the AP channel switch fails continously (including
the fallback channel switch), results in a crash due to NULL pointer
dereference. This is because hostapd_deinit_driver() assigns the
driver context (drv_priv) to NULL as we are not able to bring up
the interface with a new channel
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Add attribute for TA max duration after last TA received. So that local
time is synchromous to other communicating OCB STAs. If the duration
expires, OCB STA without UTC time source is not in sync to other STAs
and stop scheduling DSRC channel switch after max duration.
Signed-off-by: Zhaoyang Liu <zhaoyang@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Ferry Zhou <tianguiz@codeaurora.org>
Document QCA vendor OCB commands about IEEE Std 802.11 communication
outside the context of a basic service set. Also define all attributes
for the specific OCB commands.
Signed-off-by: Zhaoyang Liu <zhaoyang@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Ferry Zhou <tianguiz@codeaurora.org>
This change fixes the following compilation error:
wpa.c:2465: error: undefined reference to 'crypto_ecdh_deinit'
in builds where CONFIG_ECC does not get defined.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This fixes the following compiler warning:
wpa_auth.c:4249:34: error: address of array 'a->conf.fils_cache_id'
will always evaluate to 'true' [-Werror,-Wpointer-bool-conversion]
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Do not accept a link-local IPv4 address when waiting for a valid DHCP
address. This helps with hs20-osu-client use cases where DHCP response
has not yet been received.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously, the Value node was not added if value of a node could not be
fetched. This can cause interoperability issues, so address that in the
same way as an empty length value, i.e., by adding a Value node with
zero-length contents.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
In case wpa_supplicant is using driver_macsec_linux, but macsec module
is not (yet) loaded in the kernel, nl_socket_alloc() fails and drv->sk
is NULL. In this case, don't call libnl functions rntl_link_add() or
rtnl_link_change() using such NULL pointer, to prevent program from
getting segmentation faults like:
Program received signal SIGSEGV, Segmentation fault.
nl_socket_get_local_port (sk=sk@entry=0x0) at socket.c:365
365 if (sk->s_local.nl_pid == 0) {
(gdb) p sk
$1 = (const struct nl_sock *) 0x0
(gdb) bt
#0 nl_socket_get_local_port (sk=sk@entry=0x0) at socket.c:365
#1 0x00007ffff79c56a0 in nl_complete_msg (sk=sk@entry=0x0,
msg=msg@entry=0x55555595a1f0) at nl.c:491
#2 0x00007ffff79c56d1 in nl_send_auto (sk=sk@entry=0x0,
msg=msg@entry=0x55555595a1f0) at nl.c:522
#3 0x00007ffff79c652f in nl_send_sync (sk=sk@entry=0x0,
msg=0x55555595a1f0) at nl.c:556
#4 0x00007ffff755faf5 in rtnl_link_add (sk=0x0,
link=link@entry=0x55555595b0f0, flags=flags@entry=1024) at route/link.c:1548
#5 0x000055555567a298 in macsec_drv_create_transmit_sc (priv=0x55555593b130,
sc=0x55555593b320, conf_offset=<optimized out>) at ../src/drivers/driver_macsec_linux.c:998
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <davide.caratti@gmail.com>
ieee802_1x_kay_deinit_transmit_sc() frees the transmit secure channel
data, but secy_delete_transmit_sc() still needs it. Since this functions
are called sequentially, secy_delete_transmit_sc() can be called from
ieee802_1x_kay_deinit_transmit_sc() before txsc is freed.
Fixes: 128f6a98b3 ("mka: Fix the order of operations in secure channel deletion")
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <davide.caratti@gmail.com>
ieee802_1x_kay_deinit_receive_sc() frees the receive secure channel data,
but secy_delete_receive_sc() still needs it. Since these two functions
are always called sequentially, secy_delete_receive_sc() can be called
from ieee802_1x_kay_deinit_receive_sc() before rxsc is freed.
Fixes: 128f6a98b3 ("mka: Fix the order of operations in secure channel deletion")
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <davide.caratti@gmail.com>
1. Add new attribute to report corresponding antenna information to the
chain RSSI which is used in subcmd
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_GET_CHAIN_RSSI.
2. Add a series of attr to support the new wmi interface
WMI_PDEV_PARAM_ANT_DIV_USRCFG which export parameters setting of antenna
diversity algorithm to userspace.
Signed-off-by: Li Feng <lifeng@qti.qualcomm.com>
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_PROPAGATION_ABS_DELAY is added to set
propagation delay's absolute value. This is a more detailed version of
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_PROPAGATION_DELAY.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Qian <zhangq@qti.qualcomm.com>
If a P2P_FIND command is issued for running the initial full scan and
the attempt to start that full scan fails, the previous behavior was to
wait for the ongoing scan to complete and then continue p2p_find scan
iterations. However, this continued with the social channels scan
instead of the initial full scan. This could end up missing the full
scan completely.
Fix this by marking the full scan pending if the new scan cannot be
started immediately. Then start the initial full scan after the ongoing
scan completes before moving to social channel only scan iterations.
This applies both for the P2P_FIND_START_WITH_FULL (no specific
frequency set) and P2P_FIND_PROGRESSIVE cases since both of them start
with a single full scan round.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This makes the "P2P_FIND freq=<MHz>" operation more robust by continuing
to include the specified frequency in the consecutive scan rounds
instead of including it only once in the first scan. In other words, the
first scan is only for the specified frequency just like the previous
behavior, but the following scans include all the social channels and
the specified frequency instead of just the previously used social
channels.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This adds an option to configure wpa_supplicant to use the perfect
forward secrecy option in FILS shared key authentication. A new build
option CONFIG_FILS_SK_PFS=y can be used to include this functionality. A
new runtime network profile parameter fils_dh_group is used to enable
this by specifying which DH group to use. For example, fils_dh_group=19
would use FILS SK PFS with a 256-bit random ECP group.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This adds an option to configure hostapd to enable use of perfect
forward secrecy option in FILS shared key authentication. A new build
option CONFIG_FILS_SK_PFS=y can be used to include this functionality. A
new runtime configuration parameter fils_dh_group is used to enable this
by specifying which DH group to use. For example, fils_dh_group=19 would
allow FILS SK PFS to be used with a 256-bit random ECP group.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
draft-harkins-owe-07.txt does not specify these parameters, so need to
pick something sensible to use for the experimental implementation. The
Suite B 128-bit level AKM 00-0F-AC:11 has reasonable parameters for the
DH group 19 case (i.e., SHA256 hash), so use it for now. This can be
updated if the OWE RFC becomes clearer on the appropriate parameters
(KEK/KCK/MIC length, PRF/KDF algorithm, and key-wrap algorithm).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This adds STA side addition of OWE Diffie-Hellman Parameter element into
(Re)Association Request frame and processing it in (Re)Association
Response frame.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This adds AP side processing for OWE Diffie-Hellman Parameter element in
(Re)Association Request frame and adding it in (Re)Association Response
frame.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The KDF define in RFC 5295 is very similar to HKDF-Expand() defined in
RFC 5869. Allow a NULL label to be used to select the RFC 5869 version
with arbitrary seed (info in RFC 5869) material without forcing the
label and NULL termination to be included. HKDF-Expand() will be needed
for OWE.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
These allow ECDH to be used with compressed public key encoding (only
x-coordinate). This is needed for FILS PFS and OWE.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Add a helper function that parses candidate list from command line
arguments.
This function will be used (in the following commits) to add
a candidate list to BSS transition management query.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
This extends the GAS/ANQP parser in wpa_supplicant to process MBO
ANQP-elements and indicate received Cellular Data Connection Preference
values over the control interface.
When a valid MBO ANQP-element is received, the following control
interface message is sent:
RX-MBO-ANQP <BSSID> cell_conn_pref=<value>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This extends the GAS server to process MBO ANQP-elements and reply to a
query for the Cellular Data Connection Preference (if configured). The
new configuration parameter mbo_cell_data_conn_pref can be used to set
the value (0, 1, or 255) for the preference to indicate.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
MBO techspec v0.0_r27 changed the MBO ANQP-element format. The MBO
element in ANQP query should now include an MBO Query List element that
contains a list of MBO elements to query.
Add API to add the MBO Query List to an ANQP query.
Format:
ANQP_GET <addr> <info_id>[,<info_id>]...[,mbo:<subtype>...]
Example for querying neighbor report with MBO cellular data
connection preference:
ANQP_GET <bssid> 272,mbo:2
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
As FCC DFS requirement does not explicitly mention about the validity of
the (pre-)CAC when channel is switched, it is safe to assume that the
pre-CAC result will not be valid once the CAC completed channel is
switched or radar detection is not active on the (CAC completed) channel
within a time period which is allowed (10 seconds - channel switch time)
as per FCC DFS requirement.
Use the new driver event to allow the driver to notify expiry of the CAC
result on a channel. Move the DFS state of the channel to 'usable' when
processing pre-CAC expired event. This means any future operation on
that channel will require a new CAC to be completed. This event is
applicable only when DFS is not offloaded to the kernel driver.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Process the new nl80211 event NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED to allow the
driver to notify expiry of the CAC result on a channel.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
When DFS channel state is shared across multiple radios on the system it
is possible that a CAC completion event is propagated from other radio
to us. When in enabled state, do not proceed with setup completion upon
processing CAC completion event with devices where DFS is not offloaded,
when in state other than enabled make sure the configured DFS channel is
in available state before start the AP.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
The userspace may want to delay the the first scheduled scan.
This enhances sched_scan to add initial delay (in seconds) before
starting first scan cycle. The driver may optionally choose to
ignore this parameter and start immediately (or at any other time).
This uses NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY to add this via user
global configurable option: sched_scan_start_delay.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This leads to cleaner code overall, and also reduces the size
of the hostapd and wpa_supplicant binaries (in hwsim test build
on x86_64) by about 2.5 and 3.5KiB respectively.
The mechanical conversions all over the code were done with
the following spatch:
@@
expression SIZE, SRC;
expression a;
@@
-a = os_malloc(SIZE);
+a = os_memdup(SRC, SIZE);
<...
if (!a) {...}
...>
-os_memcpy(a, SRC, SIZE);
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This can be used to clean the code and reduce size by converting
os_malloc() followed by os_memcpy() cases to use a single function call.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add driver interface command using the QCA vendor extensions to check
the driverr whether to accept or reject a BSS transition candidate. For
the reject case, report an MBO reject reason code.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
radius_server_session_free() does not remove the session from the
session list and these radius_server_get_new_session() error paths ended
up leaving a pointer to freed memory into the session list. This
resulted in the following operations failing due to use of freed memory.
Fix this by using radius_server_session_remove() which removes the entry
from the list in addition to calling radius_server_session_free().
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
It was possible to hit a double-free on the l2_packet socket if
initialization of DHCP/NDISC snoop failed on a hostapd interface that
had previously had those enabled successfully. Fix this by clearing the
l2_packet pointers during deinit.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Add QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_BRP_SET_ANT_LIMIT for setting the number
of antennas that will be active in different modes for each connection.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Avshalom Lazar <qca_ailizaro@qca.qualcomm.com>
Define a new attribute QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_SUB20_CHAN_WIDTH.
This attribute can set a station device to work in 5 or 10 MHz channel
width while in disconnect state.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The new hostapd.conf parameter country3 can now be used to configure the
third octet of the Country String that was previously hardcoded to ' '
(= 0x20).
For example:
All environments of the current frequency band and country (default)
country3=0x20
Outdoor environment only
country3=0x4f
Indoor environment only
country3=0x49
Noncountry entity (country_code=XX)
country3=0x58
IEEE 802.11 standard Annex E table indication: 0x01 .. 0x1f
Annex E, Table E-4 (Global operating classes)
country3=0x04
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
When ASLR is enabled, like it is by default on many distros now,
the trace code doesn't work right.
Fix this by looking up the start of the executable mapping and
subtracing it from all the lookups.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
CONFIG_TLS=linux can now be used to select the crypto implementation
that uses the user space socket interface (AF_ALG) for the Linux kernel
crypto implementation. This commit includes some of the cipher, hash,
and HMAC functions. The functions that are not available through AF_ALG
(e.g., the actual TLS implementation) use the internal implementation
(CONFIG_TLS=internal).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
These operations may fail with some crypto wrappers, so allow the
functions to report their results to the caller.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
When getting the channel number from a frequency, all supported modes
should be checked rather than just the current mode. This is needed when
hostapd switches to a channel in different band.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The __FAVOR_BSD macro was previously used in netinet/udp.h to select
between two different names of the variables in struct udphdr. Define
that to force the versions with the uh_ prefix. In addition, use the
same style consistently within fils_hlp.c.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The new broadcast_deauth parameter can be used to disable sending of the
Deauthentication frame whenever AP is started or stopped. The default
behavior remains identical to the past behavior (broadcast_deauth=1).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 01e2231fdc ('hostapd: Skip some
configuration steps for mesh cases') removed some operations based on
hapd->iface->mconf being NULL. This was within #ifdef CONFIG_MESH, so it
should not impact hostapd, but it can impact AP mode with
wpa_supplicant. That does not sound intentional, so make these
conditional on hapd->conf->mesh being enabled.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows PMKSA cache entries for FILS-enabled BSSs to be shared
within an ESS when the BSSs advertise the same FILS Cache Identifier
value.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The RSN supplicant implementation needs to be updated to use the new
BSSID whenever doing FILS authentication. Previously, this was only done
when notifying association and that was too late for the case of
reassociation. Fix this by providing the new BSSID when calling
fils_process_auth(). This makes PTK derivation use the correct BSSID.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows PMKSA cache entries to be shared between all the BSSs
operated by the same hostapd process when those BSSs use the same FILS
Cache Identifier value.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The correct order of deleting a secure channel is to purge all the
secure associations in the channel before actually deleting the secure
channel.
Signed-off-by: Badrish Adiga H R <badrish.adigahr@gmail.com>
The RSN pre-authentication case ended up ignoring the initial
startPeriod value and delayed EAPOL-Start message by two seconds. Fix
this by forcing the first EAPOL-Start message to be sent when running
pre-authentication.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This adds reason for timeout in event CTRL-EVENT-ASSOC-REJECT whenever
connection failure happens because of timeout. This extends the
"timeout" parameter in the event to include the reason, if available:
timeout=scan, timeout=auth, timeout=assoc.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
IEEE 802.11ax HE changes to include HE IEs in Beacon and Probe Response
frames. These elements are using vendor specific forms for now since the
IEEE 802.11ax draft is not yet finalized and the element contents is
subject to change.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add IEEE 802.11ax definitions for config, IEEE structures, and
constants. These are still subject to change in the IEEE process.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Let mesh STA A be a STA which has config disable_ht=0 and disable_vht=1.
Let mesh STA B be a STA which has config disable_ht=0 and disable_vht=0.
The mesh STA A and B was connected.
Previously, the mesh STA A sent frame with VHT rate even though its VHT
was disabled. This commit fixes the issue by checking the local BSS VHT
configuration.
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
Let mesh STA A be a STA which has config disable_ht=1.
Let mesh STA B be a STA which has config disable_ht=0.
The mesh STA A and B was connected.
Previously, the mesh STA A sent frame with HT rate even though its HT
was disabled. This commit fixes the issue by checking the local BSS HT
configuration.
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
This function is called only from locations within ifdef
CONFIG_EAP_PROXY, so there is no need to try to cover the not-defined
case here and the function can simply be removed completely if
CONFIG_EAP_PROXY=y is not used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This debug print can include GTK and IGTK, so use wpa_hexdump_key()
instead of wpa_hexdump() for it to avoid undesired exposure of keys in
debug log.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
While the FILS authentication cases were already using the proper PMK
length (48 octets instead of the old hardcoded 32 octet), the initial
association case had not yet been updated to cover the new FILS SHA384
AKM and ended up using only a 32-octet PMK. Fix that to use 48-octet PMK
when using FILS SHA384 AKM.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
sha384_prf() is used both with Suite B and FILS, so add CONFIG_FILS as
another alternative to building in this functionality.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This is a copy of the internal HMAC-SHA256 implementation with the hash
block size and output length updated to match SHA384 parameters.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The output length was incorrect (32 from the copy-pasted SHA256
version). Fix this to return the correct number of octets (48) for
SHA384. This fixes incorrect key derivation in FILS when using the
SHA384-based AKM.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
HTTP response was previously sent as a plaintext without the HTTP header
on port 12345. By default Android webview/Chrome assumes plaintext as
HTTP/0.9 data. Android webview/Chrome has removed support of HTTP/0.9
request/response on non-standard ports, i.e., other than port 80. This
results in error while opening URL 'http://localhost:12345/'.
Fix this by prefixing the HTTP response with the HTTP/1.1 header.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously the peer operating channel preference was accepted if the
indicated frequency was listed in the local preference list from the
driver. This was assuming that the driver included only channels that
are currently enabled for GO operation. Since that might not be the
case, filter the local preference list by doing an explicit validation
of the indicated channels for P2P support.
This moves the similar validation steps from two other code paths in
p2p_check_pref_chan_recv() and p2p_check_pref_chan_no_recv() into a
common filtering step in p2p_check_pref_chan() for all three cases.
This avoids issues to start the GO in cases where the preferred
frequency list from the driver may include channels that are not
currently enabled for P2P GO use (e.g., 5 GHz band in world roaming
configuration).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This new P2P_SET parameter uses <op_class>:<channel> format and is used
mainly for testing purposes to allow overriding the value of the GO
Negotiation Response frame Operating Channel attribute.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously, any potential (even if very unlikely) local operation error
was ignored. Now these will result in aborting the negotiation.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The url argument to ieee802_11_send_bss_trans_mgmt_request() was
hardcoded to NULL in the only caller, so this code cannot be reached.
wnm_send_bss_tm_req() construct the same frame with more generic
parameters, including option for including the URL, so
ieee802_11_send_bss_trans_mgmt_request() can be simplified.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The length of the WNM-Sleep element was not verified before using it.
This could result in reading the subfields in this element (total of
four octets) beyond the end of the buffer. Fix this by ignoring the
element if it is not long enough to contain all the subfields.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The struct wpa_stsl_negotiation seemed to have been for some kind of
tracking of state of PeerKey negotiations within hostapd. However,
nothing is actually adding any entries to wpa_auth->stsl_negotiations or
using this state. Since PeerKey does not look like something that would
be deployed in practice, there is no justification to spend time on
making this any more complete. Remove the dead code now instead of
trying to figure out what it might be used for.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
It was possible for the int medium_time variable to overflow, so use a
64-bit unsigned integer to get a large enough value for the
multiplication.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Add driver interface support to set sched_scan relative RSSI parameters
and to indicate driver support for this.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Issue: When 2 peers are running MACsec in PSK mode with CA
established, if the interface goes down and comes up after
time > 10 seconds, CA does not get re-established.
Root cause: This is because retry_count of both the peers
would have reached MAX_RETRY_CNT and stays idle for other to
respond. This is clear deadlock situation where peer A waits
for MKA packets from peer B to wake up and vice-versa.
Fix: If MACsec is running in PSK mode, we should send MKPDUs
forever for every 2 seconds.
Signed-off-by: Badrish Adiga H R <badrish.adigahr@gmail.com>
EAP-TTLS/PEAP/FAST were previously doing this for init_for_reauth(), but
not for deinit_for_reauth(). Add the deinit_for_reauth() call as well to
cover cases like EAP-AKA cleaup of AT_CHECKCODE data.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This adds the same changes to EAP-AKA that were previous done for
EAP-SIM to allow functionality within an EAP-TTLS/PEAP/FAST tunnel
without causing issues to the phase 1 identity string.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The "anonymous_identity" configuration field has more than one
semantic meaning. For tunneled EAP methods, this refers to the
outer EAP identity. For EAP-SIM, this refers to the pseudonym
identity. Also, interestingly, EAP-SIM can overwrite the
"anonymous_identity" field if one is provided to it by the
authenticator.
When EAP-SIM is tunneled within an outer method, it makes sense
to only use this value for the outer method, since it's unlikely
that this will also be valid as an identity for the inner EAP-SIM
method. Also, presumably since the outer method protects the
EAP-SIM transaction, there is no need for a pseudonym in this
usage.
Similarly, if EAP-SIM is being used as an inner method, it must
not push the pseudonym identity using eap_set_anon_id() since it
could overwrite the identity for the outer EAP method.
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
Add an internal flag which indicates to tunneled EAP methods (FAST,
PEAP, TTLS) that they should cache decrypted EAP-SIM/AKA/AKA' requests.
This allows EAP-SIM/AKA/AKA' to be tunneled within these outer methods
while using an external SIM authenticator over the control interface.
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
There is no need to maintain different return paths for STA being
completely not present and not authorized, so merge these into a single
case.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This 16-bit field uses little endian encoding and it must be read with
WPA_GET_LE16() instead of assuming host byte order is little endian. In
addition, this could be misaligned, so using a u16 pointer here was not
appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
hapd->acl_cache and hapd->acl_queries were not reset back to NULL in
hostapd_acl_deinit() when cached results and pending ACL queries were
freed. This left stale pointers to freed memory in hapd. While this was
normally followed by freeing of the hapd data, it is possible to re-use
that hapd when disabling and re-enabling an interface. That sequence
could result in use of freed memory if done while there were cached
results or pending ACL operations with a RADIUS server (especially, if
that server did not reply).
Fix this by setting hapd->acl_queries to NULL when the pending entries
are freed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The "!wpabuf_resize(...) == 0" condition does not make any sense. It
happens to work, but this is really supposed to simple check with
wpabuf_resize() returns non-zero and "wpabuf_resize(...)" is the
cleanest way of doing so.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This adds support for specifying a random TA for management frame
transmission commands and driver capability flags for indicating whether
this is supported in not-connected and connected states.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If the OSU Providers configuration was invalid (included osu_server_uri
but not osu_method_list), it was possible for the GAS response
generation to hit a NULL dereference. Fix this by checking for the
invalid configuration before trying to fill in the OSU methods.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
It can happen if the station is unreachable or sleeping longer than
the actual total GTK rekey timeout. To fix the latter case
wpa_group_update_count may be increased.
Signed-off-by: Günther Kelleter <guenther.kelleter@devolo.de>
wpa_group_update_count and wpa_pairwise_update_count can now be used to
set the GTK and PTK rekey retry limits (dot11RSNAConfigGroupUpdateCount
and dot11RSNAConfigPairwiseUpdateCount). Defaults set to current
hardcoded value (4).
Some stations may suffer from frequent deauthentications due to GTK
rekey failures: EAPOL 1/2 frame is not answered during the total timeout
period of currently ~3.5 seconds. For example, a Galaxy S6 with Android
6.0.1 appears to go into power save mode for up to 5 seconds. Increasing
wpa_group_update_count to 6 fixed this issue.
Signed-off-by: Günther Kelleter <guenther.kelleter@devolo.de>
Issue:
------
The test setup has 2 peers running MACsec in PSK mode, Peer A with
MAC address higher than MAC Address of peer B. Test sequence is
1. Peer B starts with actor_priority 255
2. Peer A starts with priority 16, becomes key server.
3. Peer A stops..
4. Peer A restarts with priority 255, but because of the stale values
participant->is_key_server(=TRUE) and participant->is_elected(=TRUE)
it continues to remain as Key Server.
5. For peer B, key server election happens and since it has lower MAC
address as compared to MAC address of A, it becomes the key server.
Now we have 2 key servers in CA and is not correct.
Root-cause & fix:
-----------------
When number of live peers become 0, the flags such lrx, ltx, orx,
otx, etc. need to be cleared. In MACsec PSK mode, these stale values
create problems while re-establishing CA.
Signed-off-by: Badrish Adiga H R <badrish.adigahr@gmail.com>
API ieee802_1x_mka_decode_dist_sak_body() wrongly puts
participant->to_use_sak to TRUE, if Distributed SAK Parameter Set of
length 0 is received. In MACsec PSK mode, this stale incorrect value can
create problems while re-establishing CA. In MACsec PSK mode, CA goes
down if interface goes down and ideally we should be able to
re-establish the CA once interface comes up.
Signed-off-by: Badrish Adiga H R <badrish.adigahr@gmail.com>
Some channels fail to be set, when falling back to 20 MHz, due to
remaining VHT info of center freq. As we are going to 20 MHz, reset the
VHT center frequency segment information as well.
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardoabinader@gmail.com>
Following commit a70cd0db87 ('Don't
register for Beacon frames for IEEE 802.11ad AP'),
nl80211_get_wiphy_data_ap() is unconditionally called when starting AP.
This function tries to register for Beacon frames RX which fails for
some driver which don't support such registration and do not need it in
case the driver implements AP mode SME functionality.
Fix this by conditionally calling nl80211_get_wiphy_data_ap() like prior
to commit a70cd0db87.
Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <qca_dlansky@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 91d91abf6f ('FILS: DHCP relay for
HLP requests') added steps that are conditional on sta->fils_hlp_resp
being non-NULL. One of these cases within send_assoc_resp() was properly
protected from sta == NULL error case (that is now possible after a
recent DMG change), but the first one was not. A DMG error case in a
CONFIG_FILS=y build could have hit a NULL pointer dereference here. Fix
this by verifying sta != NULL more consistently.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
While the key derivation steps are not expected to fail, this was
already done on the AP side, so do the same in the STA side.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
P802.11i/D3.0 described the Key Length as having value 16 for the group
key handshake. However, this was changed to 0 in the published IEEE Std
802.11i-2004 amendment (and still remains 0 in the current standard IEEE
Std 802.11-2016). We need to maintain the non-zero value for WPA (v1)
cases, but the RSN case can be changed to 0 to be closer to the current
standard.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
While the IEEE Std 802.11-2016 is still indicating that GNonce would be
exchanged in EAPOL-Key messages (see, e.g., Figure 12-52 showing the
Send EAPOL-Key operation in the REKEYNEGOTIATING state or the sample
group key handshake in Figure 12-47), there are also examples of
describing this field as having value zero (e.g., 12.7.7.2 Group key
handshake message 1).
GNonce is used only with the Authenticator and the Supplicant does not
have any use for it, so it is better not to expose that internal value.
Hardcode the Key Nonce field to 0 in EAPOL-Key group message 1/2.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
sm->Pair needs to be initialized to TRUE since unicast cipher is
supported and this is an ESS. However, the normal place for setting this
(WPA_PTK::INITIALIZE) is skipped with using FT protocol or FILS
authentication, so need to do that separately when forcing PTKINITDONE.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The local custom version of allocating and initializing struct
hostapd_data within wpa_supplicant_mesh_init() is problematic. This has
already missed couple of initialization steps that are required. Instead
of trying to remember to keep this up to date, use
hostapd_alloc_bss_data() so that there is only one place for this
initialization.
This is fixing a recent issue where FILS HLP started using
hapd->dhcp_server and expected that to be initialized to -1. For the
mesh case, that did not happen and when removing the interface, the FILS
HLP implementation ended up unregistering eloop socket for
hapd->dhcp_server (= 0). This could result in missing socket callbacks
for an arbitrary socket.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Use the defines for vht_oper_chwidth values more consistently in
hostapd_set_freq_params() to make this more readable.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This commit introduces the vendor command to set the trace level
for the respective QCA host driver module.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The hostapd processing of the AES-SIV AAD was incorrect. The design for
the AAD changed between P802.11ai/D7.0 and D8.0 from a single vector
with concatenated data to separate vectors. The change in the
implementation had missed the change in the aes_siv_decrypt() call for
the num_elem parameter. This happened to work with the mac80211
implementation due to a similar error there.
Fix this by using the correct numbers of vectors in the SIV AAD so that
all the vectors get checked. The last vector was also 14 octets too long
due to incorrect starting pointer, so fix that as well. The changes here
are not backwards compatible, i.e., a similar fix in the Linux mac80211
is needed to make things interoperate again.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
While RFC 5295 uses "8" as the value to use in the length field in KDF
context when deriving EMSKname, it is clearer to use the macro defining
EMSKname as the value since the KDF design in RFC 5295 encodes the
length of the derived data in octets in that part of the context data.
This change is just making the implementation easier to understand while
not actually changing the behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Unlike the EMSKname and rRK derivations, rIK derivation is actually
using the "optional data" component in the context data (see RFC 5295).
RFC 6696 defines that optional data to be the cryptosuite field for rIK.
This was missing from the previous implementation and that resulted in
incorrect rIK being derived.
In addition, the rIK Label string does not actually include the "EAP "
prefix in the way as the rRK Label in RFC 6696 does. This would also
have resulted in incorrect rIK value.
Fix rIK derivation by adding the cryptosuite value into the KDF context
data and fixing the label string. This change is not backwards
compatible and breaks all ERP use cases (including FILS shared key
authentication) with older (broken) and new (fixed)
hostapd/wpa_supplicant builds.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The new FILS-HLP-RX control interface event is now used to report
received FILS HLP responses from (Re)Association Response frame as a
response to the HLP requests configured with FILS_HLP_REQ_ADD.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The new dhcp_server configuration parameter can now be used to configure
hostapd to act as a DHCP relay for DHCPDISCOVER messages received as
FILS HLP requests. The dhcp_rapid_commit_proxy=1 parameter can be used
to configure hostapd to convert 4 message DHCP exchange into a 2 message
exchange in case the DHCP server does not support DHCP rapid commit
option.
The fils_hlp_wait_time parameter can be used to set the time hostapd
waits for an HLP response. This matches the dot11HLPWaitTime in IEEE Std
802.11ai-2016.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This is independent functionality from the core IEEE 802.11 management
handling and will increase significantly in size, so it is cleaner to
maintain this in a separate source code file.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Do not depend on undefined behavior with pointer arithmetic when
checking whether there is sufficient room for an option.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
These can be reused for other purposes than just the DHCP snoofing for
Proxy ARP. In addition, use more complete definition of the parameters
based on the current IANA registry.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Introduce definitions for QCA vendor specific subcommands and attributes
for fetching BSS transition status.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
With device_ap_sme disabled, ACL was checked upon authentication
request. In 802.11ad there is no authentication phase so need to check
ACL upon association.
Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <qca_dlansky@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously, the temporary STA session timeout was set to 5 seconds. If
gas_comeback_delay is configured to be longer than 5 seconds, GAS
Comeback Response frame can't include queried information as all pending
data has already been cleared due to session timeout. This commit
resolves the issue by setting session timeout to be larger than
gas_comeback_delay.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kim <kimdan@qca.qualcomm.com>
This commit introduces QCA vendor commands and the corresponding
attributes to set/get NUD (Network Unreachability Detection) statistics.
The set NUD statistics configures the requisite parameters to the host
driver and thereby triggers the start/stop of collection of statistics.
The get stats fetches the statistics collected in the host driver.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If vendor_scan_cookie is set to 0 after the scan_abort due to the scan
timeout ends in a cookie mismatch when processing the following
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SCAN_DONE indication. This ends up considering
the scan results as being for an external scan and thus the current
ongoing scan is not removed from the radio_work. Hence, do not reset
this vendor_scan_cookie after the scan abort so that the scan completion
event gets processed properly and vendor_scan_cookie gets cleared at
that point.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If the keychain holds additional certificates other than the end
certificate, read them into the certificate chain.
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
We can only send module specific messages to syslog and not debug
messages printed with wpa_printf. Add an extra command line parameter
'-s' to allow it. The feature is enabled with compile flag
CONFIG_DEBUG_SYSLOG as for wpa_supplicant and behaves in the same manner
as the wpa_supplicant -s command line argument.
Signed-off-by: Wojciech Dubowik <Wojciech.Dubowik@neratec.com>
Instead of copying the struct wpa_auth_callbacks, just keep a pointer to
it, keep the context pointer separate, and let the user just provide a
static const structure. This reduces the attack surface of heap
overwrites, since the function pointers move elsewhere.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This functionality can be used outside wpa_set_disable_ht40(), so move
the generic part to a helper function.
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
This adds parsing of received FILS HLP requests from (Re)Association
Request frames. The reassembled requests are verified to be in valid
format and are printed in debug output. However, actual processing or
forwarding of the packets is not yet implemented, i.e., the vendor
specific frame filtering logic is for now practically dropping all HLP
requests.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The new wpa_supplicant control interface commands FILS_HLP_REQ_FLUSH and
FILS_HLP_REQ_ADD can now be used to request FILS HLP requests to be
added to the (Re)Association Request frame whenever FILS authentication
is used.
FILS_HLP_REQ_ADD parameters use the following format:
<destination MAC address> <hexdump of payload starting from ethertype>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This gets rid of an unnecessary duplication of the definitions since all
the code has now been moved to using the earlier RSN_CIPHER_SUITE_*
definitions.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This adds the cipher suite selector values for ciphers that are not
really used with RSN, but are needed to be able to replace
WLAN_CIPHER_SUITE_* definitions with RSN_CIPHER_SUITE_*.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This gets rid of an unnecessary duplication of the definitions since all
the code has now been moved to using the earlier RSN_AUTH_KEY_MGMT_*
definitions.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
IEEE 802.11 standard defines the suite selectors in <OUI>:<subtype>
format where OUI uses hexadecimal format and subtype decimal format.
These WLAN_AKM_SUITE_* definitions ended up getting written incorrectly
by interpretting the decimal part as hexadecimal and as such, by having
an incorrect value. However, the older RSN_AUTH_KEY_MGMT_* values were
defined with correct values and those definitions were used in most
locations.
This commit fixes the AKM suite selector values in RADIUS WLAN-AKM-Suite
attribute for FILS and Suite B. In addition, the AKM values used in
nl80211 driver configuration (NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES) are fixed for the
Suite B cases.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This commit defines a QCA vendor command
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_CHIP_PWRSAVE_FAILURE that carries required
information leading to the power save failure. This will be an event
from the host driver.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This commit introduces the QCA vendor command and the attributes which
facilitate the host driver to use an external user space entity for
performing automatic channel selection.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
These commnds are mesh version of PMKSA_GET/ADD commands. So the usage
and security risk is similar to them. Refer to
commit 3459381dd2 ('External persistent
storage for PMKSA cache entries') also.
The MESH_PMKSA_GET command requires peer MAC address or "any" as an
argument and outputs appropriate stored PMKSA cache. And the
MESH_PMKSA_ADD command receives an output of MESH_PMKSA_GET and re-store
the PMKSA cache into wpa_supplicant. By using re-stored PMKSA cache,
wpa_supplicant can skip commit message creation which can use
significant CPU resources.
The output of the MESH_PMKSA_GET command uses the following format:
<BSSID> <PMKID> <PMK> <expiration in seconds>
The example of MESH_PMKSA_ADD command is this.
MESH_PMKSA_ADD 02:00:00:00:03:00 231dc1c9fa2eed0354ea49e8ff2cc2dc cb0f6c9cab358a8146488566ca155421ab4f3ea4a6de2120050c149b797018fe 42930
MESH_PMKSA_ADD 02:00:00:00:04:00 d7e595916611640d3e4e8eac02909c3c eb414a33c74831275f25c2357b3c12e3d8bd2f2aab6cf781d6ade706be71321a 43180
This functionality is disabled by default and can be enabled with
CONFIG_PMKSA_CACHE_EXTERNAL=y build configuration option.
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
Relational operators (==) have higher precedence than the ternary
conditional in C. The last_subtype check for association/reassociation
was broken due to incorrect assumption about the precedence. Fix this by
adding parenthesis around the ternary conditional.
The previous implementation worked for Association Request frames by
accident since WLAN_FC_STYPE_ASSOC_REQ happens to have value 0 and when
the last receive frame was an Association Request frame, the
sta->last_subtype == reassoc check was true and non-zero
WLAN_FC_STYPE_REASSOC_REQ was interpreted as true. However, this was
broken for Reassociation Request frame. reassoc == 1 in that case could
have matched received Association Response frame (subtype == 1), but
those are not received in AP mode and as such, this did not break other
behavior apart from not being able to drop duplicated Reassociation
Request frames.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This adds helper functions for deriving PMK and PMKID from ERP exchange
in FILS shared key authentication as defined in IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016,
12.12.2.5.2 (PMKSA key derivation with FILS authentication). These
functions is used to fix PMK and PMKID derivation which were previously
using the rMSK directly as PMK instead of following the FILS protocol to
derive PMK with HMAC from nonces and rMSK.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Beacon frames are not supported in IEEE 802.11ad network (DMG-beacons
used instead). To allow hostapd to manage IEEE 802.11ad AP with
device_ap_sme disabled, skip nl80211_register_beacons() for IEEE
802.11ad AP.
Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <qca_dlansky@qca.qualcomm.com>
These elements can be used for pre-standard publication testing of HE
before P802.11ax draft assigns the element ID extension. The payload of
these vendor specific elements is defined by the latest P802.11ax draft.
Please note that the draft is still work in progress and the element
payload is subject to change.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows kernel to force disconnection if something kills the
wpa_supplicant process in a manner that does not allow proper cleanup to
be performed. The association is not supposed to be allowed to continue
after process has ended since there are number of operations that
wpa_supplicant may need to do during the association.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This adds a call to the notify_beacon_loss() callback functions when
beacon loss is detected. In addition, a new CTRL-EVENT-BEACON-LOSS event
is made available through the wpa_supplicant control interface.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This adds processing of beacon loss events and generation of an internal
EVENT_BEACON_LOSS event based on them for wpa_supplicant processing. In
addition, number of consecutively lost (not acknowledged) packets is now
reported and TXE events are noted in the debug log.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Check the action TX status callback contents more thoroughly and report
the BEACON-REQ-TX-STATUS event only if the Measurement Type indicates
beacon report.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Authentication and Deauthentication frames are not used in DMG/IEEE
802.11ad networks. For DMG/IEEE 802.11ad the following was implemented:
Upon receiving association request, allocate the sta object and
initialize it as if authentication took place. Upon receiving
disassociation, deallocate the sta object.
ap_sta_disassociate/ap_sta_deauthenticate/ap_sta_disconnect all use
disassociation instead of deauthentication. In driver_nl80211,
i802_sta_deauth() is routed to i802_sta_disassoc().
Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <qca_dlansky@qca.qualcomm.com>
Supported Rates element is not present in DMG/IEEE 802.11ad frames. Make
copy_supp_rates() immediately return with success if hardware mode is
IEEE 802.11ad.
Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <qca_dlansky@qca.qualcomm.com>
It was possible that nl80211_get_hw_feature_data() function would return
NULL when num_modes is not set to zero. This might result in a later crash
when accessing hw.modes. This may be reproduced with hwsim oom tests, for
example, dbus_connect_oom.
Fix that by zeroing num_modes if NULL is returned.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
This fixes the netlink attribute identifier for the scan flags when
using QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_TRIGGER_SCAN.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The new hostapd control interface event "BEACON-RESP-RX <STA address>
<dialog token> <report mode> <beacon report>" is now used to report
received beacon reports as a reponse to the REQ_BEACON operation.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The new BEACON-REQ-TX-STATUS control interface event is now used to
report whether a beacon request (from REQ_BEACON command) was delivered
successfully. This event has the following parameters: <STA address>
<dialog token> <ack=0/1>.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The new control interface command "REQ_BEACON <STA addr>
[req_mode=<mode>] <beacon request>" can now be used to request hostapd
to transmit a measurement request to request a beacon report from an
associated STA. This command returns the assigned dialog token (1-255)
or FAIL on failure.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The loop to add hash values was supposed to be limited to at most 10000
values, but the count variable was not being decremented in the loop.
Fix this by decrementing counting for each iteration. This fixes
ANQP-element format in the unlikely case of there being more than 10000
configuration realms.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This conversion will be done several times in the code, so add a helper
function that does this conversion.
Signed-off-by: Avrahams Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Add a function to get operating class definition (including bandwidth,
channel numbers, etc.) from the operating class number and country.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Add helper function that converts non-global operating classes to global
operating classes according to IEEE Std 802.11-2016, Annex E.
Signed-off-by: Avrahams Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Add support for:
1. Setting scan dwell time
2. Parsing scan start TSF and beacon received TSF reported
by the driver
3. Setting driver capabilities for the above
These capabilities are needed for Beacon Report radio measurement.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Add the following parameters to scan request:
1. Dwell time on each channel.
2. Whether the specified dwell time is mandatory.
In addition, add to scan results info the time that the scan actually
started, and to each scan result the time the beacon/probe was received,
both in terms of TSF of the BSS that the interface that requested the
scan is connected to (if available).
Add flags to indicate whether the driver supports dwell time
configuration and scan information reporting.
This scan configuration and information is required to support beacon
report radio measurement.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
The address of msg.device_name array is obviously always true, and some
compilers even warn about it.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
The actual BSS configuration parameter can be updated with the SET
control interface command, so there is no need to maintain a separate
per-BSS parameter and a separate control interface handling for this.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Previously, the hostapd ft_over_ds parameter was used to only advertise
whether FT-over-DS is enabled in MDE and leave it to the stations to
follow that advertisement. This commit extends this to explicitly reject
(silently drop) FT Action frames if a station does not follow the
advertised capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
It was possible to hit the previously used maximum of 100 active session
in some hwsim test case sequences like this one: eap_proto_pwd_errors
eap_proto_ikev2_errors eap_proto_sim_errors. This happened due to the
large number of RADIUS authentication iterations in short period of
time, i.e., within the 10 second timeout for expiring completed
sessions.
Increase RADIUS_MAX_SESSION from 100 to 1000 and also reduce the timeout
on expiring completed sessions from 10 to 5 seconds.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Previously, this was noted in error log, but the invalid value was
stored in the configuration without rejecting it.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
It was possible to try to do driver operations before the driver
interface had been initialized when processing a SIGHUP signal. This
would result in NULL pointer dereference. Fix this by skipping the steps
when SIGHUP is issued before the interface is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This function is already checking the fname argument against NULL, so
use that check on its own instead of duplicating the check in the only
caller.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This adds a new wpa_supplicant network profile parameter
mka_priority=0..255 to set the priority of the MKA Actor.
Signed-off-by: Badrish Adiga H R <badrish.adigahr@gmail.com>
wpa_cipher_to_alg() returns enumerated values from enum wpa_alg and all
uses of the return value treat it as enum wpa_alg (by either assigning
it to a variable of type enum wpa_alg or passing to a function that
expects enum wpa_alg).
This commit updates the return value to match the expected usage
(enum wpa_alg) rather than int. This ensures the return value is
of the proper type and eliminates the following compiler warnings:
ARM RVCT (2.2):
'Warning: #188-D: enumerated type mixed with another type'
Signed-off-by: Joel Cunningham <joel.cunningham@me.com>
Number of deployed use cases assume the default OpenSSL behavior of auto
chaining the local certificate is in use. BoringSSL removed this
functionality by default, so we need to restore it here to avoid
breaking existing use cases.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This simplifies the implementation since the SSL_clear_options() and
SSL_CTX_clear_options() are available in all supported versions of
OpenSSL. These were previously needed with older (now obsolete) versions
of OpenSSL, but the ifdefs were missed when removing the more explicit
version macro based backwards compatibility sections.
In practice, this reverts commit
d53d2596e4.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The full SD Response frame is not going to be followed by another Action
frame from the peer, so remove the 200 ms wait time from the offchannel
TX command in that case. This avoids leaving a 200 ms lock on the radio
to remain on the channel unnecessarily.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
It is apparently possible for the NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME
event to be delivered to hostapd before the NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS
event for (Re)Association Response frame. This resulted in the 4-address
WDS mode not getting enabled for a STA. This could occur in particular
when operating under heavy load and the STA is reconnecting to the same
AP in a sequence where Deauthentication frame is followed immediately by
Authentication frame and the driver event processing gets delayed due to
removal of the previous netdev taking time in the middle of this
sequence.
Fix this by recording a pending item for 4-address WDS enabling if the
NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME event would have been dropped due to
incompleted association and then process this pending item if the TX
status for the (Re)Association Response frame is received and it shows
that the frame was acknowledged.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This registers a new callback to indicate change in SIM state. This
helps to do some clean up (more specifically pmksa_flush) based on the
state change of the SIM. Without this, the reconnection using the cached
PMKSA could happen though the SIM is changed.
Currently eap_proxy_sim_state corresponds to only SIM_STATE_ERROR. This
can be further extended.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The eapol_cb structure was made const and that change resulted in a
compilation warning/error if CONFIG_EAP_PROXY=<name> is enabled in the
wpa_supplicant build configuration. Fix this by updating the function
prototype to match the change.
Note: This results in a change needed to external eap_proxy_*.c
implementations to match the change.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit c93b7e1888 ('RSN: Check result of
EAPOL-Key frame send request') forgot to update two PeerKey users of
EAPOL-Key TX functions. That resulted in STK handshake failing since
message 2/4 and 4/4 TX calls were assumed to have failed when the return
value was changed from 0 to a positive value for success case. This
resulted in not updating nonce information properly and hitting
following error when processing STK 4-way handshake message 3/4:
RSN: INonce from message 1 of STK 4-Way Handshake differs from 3 of STK
4-Way Handshake - drop packet (src=<addr>)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit 6d014ffc6e ('Make struct
wpa_eapol_key easier to use with variable length MIC') forgot to update
number of EAPOL-Key processing steps for SMK and STK exchanges and broke
PeerKey. Fix this by updating the Key Data field pointers to match the
new style with variable length Key MIC field.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The new hostapd configuration parameter fils_realm=<realm> can now be
used to configure one or more FILS realms to advertise for ERP domains
when using FILS. This replaces the use of erp_domain=<domain> parameter
for the FILS use case.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
P802.11ai/D7.0 changed from CRC32 to SHA256 as the hash algorithm for
the FILS realm name. Update the implementation to match that change.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This updates definitions for Status Codes, Reason Codes,
Information Element IDs, Action frame categories, Public Action
codes, Protected Dual of Public Action codes, Advertisement
Protocol ID, and ANQP info IDs based on IEEE Std 802.11-2016.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This makes both the Probe Response and Beacon frame IEs available to
upper layers if scan results include both IE sets. When the BSS command
mask includes WPA_BSS_MASK_BEACON_IE, a new beacon_ie=<hexdump> entry
will be included in output if the BSS entry has two separate sets of IEs
(ie=<hexdump> showing the Probe Response frame contents and
beacon_ie=<hexdump> the Beacon rame contents).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If the secondary channel was not found at all, no debug print was shown
to indicate that the channel was rejected due to that problem. Print a
clearer message indicating which channel was behind the reason to reject
channel configuration as unsuitable for AP mode.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This adds new wpa_supplicant control interface commands PMKSA_GET and
PMKSA_ADD that can be used to store PMKSA cache entries in an external
persistent storage when terminating a wpa_supplicant process and then
restore those entries when starting a new process. The previously added
PMKSA-CACHE-ADDED/REMOVED events can be used to help in synchronizing
the external storage with the memory-only volatile storage within
wpa_supplicant.
"PMKSA_GET <network_id>" fetches all stored PMKSA cache entries bound to
a specific network profile. The network_id of the current profile is
available with the STATUS command (id=<network_id). In addition, the
network_id is included in the PMKSA-CACHE-ADDED/REMOVED events. The
output of the PMKSA_GET command uses the following format:
<BSSID> <PMKID> <PMK> <reauth_time in seconds> <expiration in seconds>
<akmp> <opportunistic>
For example:
02:00:00:00:03:00 113b8b5dc8eda16594e8274df4caa3d4 355e98681d09e0b69d3a342f96998aa765d10c4459ac592459b5efc6b563eff6 30240 43200 1 0
02:00:00:00:04:00 bbdac8607aaaac28e16aacc9152ffe23 e3dd6adc390e685985e5f40e6fe72df846a0acadc59ba15c208d9cb41732a663 30240 43200 1 0
The PMKSA_GET command uses the following format:
<network_id> <BSSID> <PMKID> <PMK> <reauth_time in seconds> <expiration
in seconds> <akmp> <opportunistic>
(i.e., "PMKSA_ADD <network_id> " prefix followed by a line of PMKSA_GET
output data; however, the reauth_time and expiration values need to be
updated by decrementing them by number of seconds between the PMKSA_GET
and PMKSA_ADD commands)
For example:
PMKSA_ADD 0 02:00:00:00:03:00 113b8b5dc8eda16594e8274df4caa3d4 355e98681d09e0b69d3a342f96998aa765d10c4459ac592459b5efc6b563eff6 30140 43100 1 0
PMKSA_ADD 0 02:00:00:00:04:00 bbdac8607aaaac28e16aacc9152ffe23 e3dd6adc390e685985e5f40e6fe72df846a0acadc59ba15c208d9cb41732a663 30140 43100 1 0
This functionality is disabled be default and can be enabled with
CONFIG_PMKSA_CACHE_EXTERNAL=y build configuration option. It should be
noted that this allows any process that has access to the wpa_supplicant
control interface to use PMKSA_ADD command to fetch keying material
(PMK), so this is for environments in which the control interface access
is restricted.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
These allow external program to monitor PMKSA cache updates in
preparation to enable external persistent storage of PMKSA cache.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
hostapd didn't send "TERMINATING" event when stopped by
SIGTERM. Android handles this event to stop monitor thread.
This commit adds "TERMINATING" event same as with wpa_supplicant.
Signed-off-by: Tomoharu Hatano <tomoharu.hatano@sonymobile.com>
This allows the vendor scan to be optimized when a response is needed
only from a single, known BSS.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This commit documents the QCA vendor commands 61-73 and the
corresponding definitions of the attributes. This set of commands were
previously reserved for QCA without documentation here.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
These thresholds values indicate how many Beacon frames can be missed
before before disconnecting from the AP.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit c79238b6a4 ('Define a QCA vendor
command to configure SAR Power limits') had a mismatch between the enum
qca_vendor_attr_sar_limits_selections documentations and actual values.
The BDF SAR profiles are 0-based, so rename the enum values and reorder
the values keep the actual values more convenient. While this changes
values over the interface, this is justifiable since the new command was
introduced only recently and it had not been released in any driver.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This is to handle the case when peer changes device name and same needs
to be updated to upper layers by P2P-DEVICE-FOUND event. It is similar
to the case when a peer changes wfd_subelems and P2P-DEVICE-FOUND event
goes to upper layers.
Signed-off-by: Mayank Haarit <mayank.h@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Avichal Agarwal <avichal.a@samsung.com>
When a peer device stops sending wfd_subelems, wpa_supplicant should
remove dev->info.wfd_subelems from peer's properties. Previously,
wpa_supplicant left the previously learned dev->info.wfd_subelems in
place whenever the new message did not include wfd_subelems.
In addition to fixing the clearing of the old wfd_subelems, this
resolves another issue. As "wfd_changed" variable becomes true even when
peer stops sending wfd_subelems and dev->info.wfd_subelems has an old
value, a new P2P-DEVICE-FOUND event notification was sent again and
again to upper layers whenever a new discovery response was received
from the peer that previously advertised WFD subelements.
Signed-off-by: Mayank Haarit <mayank.h@samsung.com>
Previously, this flag was cleared only in case of failed GO Negotiation.
That could leave the flag set for a peer and if a new group formation
was performed with the same peer before the entry expired, there was
increased risk of getting stuck in a state where neither peer replied to
a GO Negotiation Request frame if a GO Negotiation Response frame with
Status 1 was dropped.
The error sequence could happen in the go_neg_with_bss_connected test
case when timing was suitable to make the second GO negotiation drop a
pending TX Action frame if the GO Negotiation Response with Status 1 was
scheduled for transmission during a P2P scan and P2P_CONNECT was issued
before that scan got aborted.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
There is a regulatory requirement for Specific Absorption Rate (SAR)
whereby the device transmit power is reduced when it is determined that
the device is in close proximity to the body. Implement a vendor command
interface to allow a userspace entity to dynamically control the SAR
power limits.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously, os_sleep() was used to block the hostapd (or wpa_supplicant
AP/P2P GO mode) processing between sending out EAP-Failure and
disconnecting the STA. This is not ideal for couple of reasons: it
blocks all other parallel operations in the process and it leaves a
window during which the station might deauthenticate and the AP would
have no option for reacting to that before forcing out its own
Deauthentication frame which could go out after the STA has already
started new connection attempt.
Improve this design by scheduling an eloop timeout of 10 ms instead of
the os_sleep() call and perform the delayed operations from the eloop
callback function. This eloop timeout is cancelled if the STA
disconnects or initiates a new connection attempt before the 10 ms time
is reached. This gets rid of the confusing extra Deauthentication frame
in cases where the STA reacts to EAP-Failure by an immediate
deauthentication.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
On a connect nl80211 event, wpa_supplicant uses
wpa_driver_nl80211_get_ssid() to fetch the current associated SSID to
compare to existing configurations. However,
wpa_driver_nl80211_get_ssid() uses drv->ssid, which is a cached value.
It is set when we explicitly initial a connect request using
wpa_supplicant. If the association was initiated outside of
wpa_supplicant, we need another way to populate drv->ssid. This commit
sets drv->ssid based on cfg80211 BSS information on connect/associate
nl80211 events.
Signed-off-by: Ningyuan Wang <nywang@google.com>
Commit adcd7c4b0b ('nl80211: Support
vendor scan together with normal scan') made the drv->scan_state updates
for NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS and NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED
conditional on drv->last_scan_cmd being NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN. This
missed the part about the possibility of last_scan_cmd == 0 and an
externally started cfg80211 scan is ending. This could leave
drv->scan_state into SCAN_STARTED state even after the scan was
completed. Consequently, hwsim test cases could get stuck in reset()
handler waiting for scan to terminate.
Fix this by updating drv->scan_state also in drv->last_scan_cmd == 0
case.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This adds support for nl80211 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST
command.
By setting the new hostapd configuration option multicast_to_unicast=1,
hostapd configures this AP to perform multicast to unicast conversion.
When enabled, all multicast packets with ethertype ARP, IPv4, or IPv6
(possibly within an 802.1Q header) will be sent out to each station once
with the destination (multicast) MAC address replaced by the station's
MAC address. Note that this may break certain expectations of the
receiver, e.g., the ability to drop unicast IP packets encapsulated in
multicast L2 frames, or the ability to not send destination unreachable
messages in such cases.
This also does not implement Directed Multicast Service (DMS).
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
We should unconditionally remove inactivity timers for wired network
cases. This commit checks for this after a new station association:
hapd->iface->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_WIRED
and then cancels the timeout and does not register a new one.
It prints out a debug message like this:
1476740180.276286: IEEE 802.1X: 00:02:00:00:00:07 CTRL_DIR entering
state FORCE_BOTH
1476740180.276295: hostapd_new_assoc_sta: canceled wired ap_handle_timer
timeout for 00:02:00:00:00:07
This was tested on a debian jessie amd64 system with a configured 120
second inactivity timer and the session did not timeout.
Signed-off-by: Sam Tannous <stannous@cumulusnetworks.com>
Do not use the generic bss_info_handler() design to fetch all scan
results into temporary memory buffer. Instead, use a separate BSS info
handler that fetches the requested information without fully parsing the
BSS entries and without allocating any memory for collecting all the
results.
This is also simplifying bss_info_handler() and nl80211_parse_bss_info()
design by getting rid of the special case that was used only for
nl80211_get_assoc_freq() and not normal scan result fetching.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Instead of fetching all scan results to a temporary buffer, debug print
scan result dump directly from the message handler function one BSS at a
time.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This allows a single scan result to be parsed at a time. This is a step
towards optimizing scan result fetching without having to allocate
memory for all entries at the same time.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The way the removal of duplicated (one per frequency) BSS entries in the
cfg80211 scan results were removed in driver_nl80211_scan.c
bss_info_handler() depended on having the full scan results available to
allow iteration through the other entries. This is problematic for the
goal of being able to optimize memory allocations for scan result
fetching in a manner that would not build the full result buffer in
memory.
Move this duplicate removal into bss.c since it has sufficient
information available for doing the same determination of which one of
two BSS entries is more current.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
wpa_priv did not yet support Beacon frame IEs (res->beacon_ie_len) which
resulted in invalid scan data being accepted in driver_privsep.c. Add
support for res->beacon_ie_len and also fix the validation step to take
this new variable length field into account.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This allows a single scan result to be checked at a time. This is a step
towards optimizing scan result fetching without having to allocate
memory for all entries at the same time.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This untangles the NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY handler loop from
NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN processing so that the per-channel noise
information can be fetched with a common function to a local data
structure that can then be easily used to update individual scan results
(a single BSS) instead of having to go through a full set of scan
results. This is a step towards optimizing scan result fetching without
having to allocate memory for all entries at the same time.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Data connection was lost if a station reassociated without the STA entry
being cleaned up on the AP side. Fix this by moving reconfiguration of
the STA WDS parameters in association response callback to happen only
after the STA flags have been updated to associated stated.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
These are used only within driver_wired_common.c now at the end of the
refactoring changes, so there is no need to make these helper functions
available outside driver_wired_common.c.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This uses libnl3 to communicate with the macsec module available on
Linux. A recent enough version of libnl is needed for the macsec.h file
(which is not yet available in a formal libnl release at the time of
this commit).
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
This continues refactoring of the common parts of wired drivers code
into a shared file, so that they can be reused by other drivers.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
This continues refactoring of the common parts of wired drivers code
into a shared file, so that they can be reused by other drivers.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
This continues refactoring of the common parts of wired drivers code
into a shared file, so that they can be reused by other drivers.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
This continues refactoring of the common parts of wired drivers code
into a shared file, so that they can be reused by other drivers.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
This continues refactoring of the common parts of wired drivers code
into a shared file, so that they can be reused by other drivers.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
This continues refactoring of the common parts of wired drivers code
into a shared file, so that they can be reused by other drivers.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
This continues refactoring of the common parts of wired drivers code
into a shared file, so that they can be reused by other drivers.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
This continues refactoring of the common parts of wired drivers code
into a shared file, so that they can be reused by other drivers.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
This continues refactoring of the common parts of wired drivers code
into a shared file, so that they can be reused by other drivers.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
This continues refactoring of the common parts of wired drivers code
into a shared file, so that they can be reused by other drivers.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Refactor the common parts of wired drivers code into a shared file, so
that they can be reused by other drivers. The macsec_qca driver already
contains a lot of code duplication from the wired driver, and the
macsec_linux driver would do the same. A structure to hold data common
to all wired drivers is added and used in all these drivers.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
This commit enhances the abort scan implementation to also abort the
vendor scan, if one was used to trigger the scan.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The new QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_ABORT_SCAN command can be used to
abort an ongoing scan that was started with
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_TRIGGER_SCAN.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This fixes a regression from commit
bb598c3bdd ('AP: Add support for full
station state'). That commit added code to remove and re-add the kernel
STA entry when processing Authentication frames with a driver that
advertises support for full AP client state. That resulted in bypassing
PMF protections for unprotected Authentication frames with such drivers
since the TK was lost in this operation.
It is simplest to skip the STA entry clearing in this type of case
completely to leave the TK in place and to process the new
authentication exchange otherwise normally. This matches the behavior
used with the drivers that do not implement full AP client state.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 12.4.2 states that if an MDE is present in an
(Re)Association Request frame but the RSNE uses a non-FT AKM suite, the
AP shall reject the association using status code 43 ("Invalid AKMP").
wpa_validate_wpa_ie() now explicitly checks for this condition to meet
this requirement instead of simply ignoring the MDE based on non-FT AKM.
Signed-off-by: Will Glynn <will@willglynn.com>
If the driver advertises support for setting Beacon frame data rate,
allow the user to configure this rate as part of starting the AP. Only
one Beacon frame TX rate is allowed.
Drivers advertising such support should set corresponding flag via the
NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES attribute.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Allow configuration of Beacon frame TX rate from hostapd.conf with
"beacon_rate=xx" option. The following format is used to set
legacy/HT/VHT beacon rates:
Legacy (CCK/OFDM rates):
beacon_rate=<legacy rate in 100 kbps>
HT:
beacon_rate=ht:<HT MCS>
VHT:
beacon_rate=vht:<VHT MCS>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously, wpa_supplicant only supported hardcoded port == 1 in the
SCI, but users may want to choose a different port.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
So that the user can turn encryption on (MACsec provides
confidentiality+integrity) or off (MACsec provides integrity only). This
commit adds the configuration parameter while the actual behavior change
to disable encryption in the driver is handled in the following commit.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
The first peer may take a long time to come up. In PSK mode we are
basically in a p2p system, and we cannot know when a peer will join the
key exchange. Wait indefinitely, and let the administrator decide if
they want to abort.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
This commit fixes the nl80211 driver call get_inact_sec() to return -1
when STA inactivity time retrieval fails in i802_read_sta_data().
This was intended to be handled by initalizing the inactive_msec member
to -1 but i802_read_sta_data() assumes the data parameter is
uninitialized and memsets the entire structure, neutralizing the attempt
to distinguish between no value (-1) and a time value of 0.
This is fixed by now requiring i802_read_sta_data() callers to
initialize the data structure first (allowing get_inact_sec() to use
-1). This is a safe change because it does not change any driver API
behavior and only affects one other static function in driver_nl80211.c
Signed-off-by: Joel Cunningham <joel.cunningham@me.com>
In commit a25e4efc9e ('mka: Add driver op
to get macsec capabilities') I added some code to check the driver's
capabilities. This commit has two problems:
- wrong enum type set in kay->macsec_confidentiality
- ignores that drivers could report MACSEC_CAP_NOT_IMPLEMENTED, in
which case the MKA would claim that MACsec is supported.
Fix this by interpreting MACSEC_CAP_NOT_IMPLEMENTED in the same way as a
DO_NOT_SECURE policy, and set the correct value in
kay->macsec_confidentiality.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
This extends the anqp_elem configuration parameter support for new Info
IDs (270 (TDLS Capability) was previously missed from the list of
defined values, 280 has already been assigned in REVmc/D8.0; 281..299
are yet to be assigned). No additional source code changes are needed to
allow hostapd to advertise support for these if the ANQP-element value
is set with the anqp_elem parameter.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously, CONFIG_IEEE80211R enabled build that supports FT for both
station mode and AP mode. However, in most wpa_supplicant cases only
station mode FT is required and there is no need for AP mode FT.
Add support to differentiate between station mode FT and AP mode FT in
wpa_supplicant builds by adding CONFIG_IEEE80211R_AP that should be used
when AP mode FT support is required in addition to station mode FT. This
allows binary size to be reduced for builds that require only the
station side FT functionality.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
The Channel Center Frequency Segment subfields use the channel index
instead of frequency in MHz.
Signed-off-by: Beni Lev <beni.lev@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
The return value from this function may be used in an outgoing message,
so use a valid status code instead of -1.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Add a configuration option in hostapd.conf and in neighbor report that
sets an AP as stationary. To enable this option on the current AP set
the config option stationary_ap to 1. To set a neighbor entry to be
marked as stationary add the word stat to the SET_NEIGHBOR command. This
option tells hostapd to send LCI data even if it is older than requested
by max age subelement in RRM request.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
It is possible that a LCI or location civic configuration buffer
is valid but contains no data. In such a case do not add the LCI
and location civic information to the entry in the neighbor
data base.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
struct data_key already had a 'user' field for reference counting, but
it was basically unused.
Add an ieee802_1x_kay_use_data_key() function to take a reference on a
key, and use ieee802_1x_kay_deinit_data_key() to release the reference.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Document some data structures from IEEE Std 802.1X-2010, and add the
(not used yet) struct ieee802_1x_mka_dist_cak_body.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
This is specific to the macsec_qca driver. The core implementation
shouldn't care about this, and only deal with the complete secure
channel, and pass this down to the driver.
Drivers that have such limitations should take care of these in their
->create functions and throw an error.
Since the core MKA no longer saves the channel number, the macsec_qca
driver must be able to recover it. Add a map (which is just an array
since it's quite short) to match SCIs to channel numbers, and lookup
functions that will be called in every place where functions would get
the channel from the core code. Getting an available channel should be
part of channel creation, instead of being a preparation step.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
This has already been done for WEP, but there's same constraint for not
allowing VTH rates in case of TKIP.
Signed-off-by: Filip Matusiak <filip.matusiak@tieto.com>
Receiving a provision discovery request for an ASP service that
has auto accept set to false should result in a provision discovery
response with the status field set to "currently unavailable".
Having stale P2PS provision data, results in sending a response with
the status set to success because it is mistakenly referred to as the
follow-on provision discovery request.
Fix that by clearing stale P2PS provision data in the following cases:
1. When provision discovery is complete
2. When ASP services are flushed (in which case old ASP provisioning
is no longer valid).
Signed-off-by: Avrahams Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
drv->in_listen should be cleared whenever the state timeout is cleared,
if they were set together. If the flag is not cleared, the
p2p_listen_end() called during cancel-remain-on-channel will not restart
the search, relying on the state timeout function to do it. Use the
p2p_stop_listen_for_freq() function to clear the listen state properly.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Otherwise, if a P2PS provision is incomplete before the flush, it can
cause incorrect provision responses to be sent out.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Add signal level information to the station tracking information. Also
make it available via the "TRACK_STA_LIST" control command.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Mahoney <k.mahoney@cablelabs.com>
ext_capab/ext_capab_len do not include ID and Length so no extra +2
offset should be used. This fixes a regression from commit
faf427645a ('TDLS: Use proper IE parsing
routine for non-EAPOL-Key cases') that replaced the IE parser without
noticing the difference in the pointer offset.
Signed-off-by: Flavia Vanetti <flavia.vanetti@ceva-dsp.com>
When channel switch happens, driver wrapper's internal channel
information needs to be updated so that the new frequency will be used
in operations using drv->assoc_freq. Previously, only bss->freq was
updated and the new frequency was also indicated in the EVENT_CH_SWITCH
event. This could potentially leave out couple of cases that use
drv->assoc_freq at least as a fallback mechanism for getting the current
operating frequency.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This commit adds a control interface command to configure the TDLS
trigger mode to the host driver. This TDLS mode is configured through
the "SET tdls_trigger_control" control interface command.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
These attributes were previously maintained elsewhere. This commit moves
them to follow the standard assignment process through the qca-vendor.h
file in hostap.git.
Signed-off-by: Li Feng <lifeng@qti.qualcomm.com>
Add a new vendor attribute config to set the reorder blocksize and
timeout in 4 ACs, and then report the frame aggregation failure
statistics in QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_STATS_EXT command. In addition,
fix the spelling of the enum value for this subcommand.
Signed-off-by: Li Feng <lifeng@qti.qualcomm.com>
This sends the FILS KEK and AAD context (nonces) to the driver with the
NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE messages when using FILS.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This makes wpa_remove_ptk() call to wpa_auth_set_key() more consistent
with all the other calls that verify the return value to keep static
analyzers happier.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
"GET_CAPABILITY fils" used to return "FILS" based on wpa_supplicant
configuration. This can be made more useful by checking both for
wpa_supplicant and driver support for FILS.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Decrypt the AES-SIV protected elements and verify Key-Auth. Parse and
configure keys to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows the FILS KEK and AAD data (nonces) to be configured to the
driver for association so that the driver can encrypt the
(Re)Association Request frame and decrypt the (Re)Association Response
frame.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This implements processing of FILS Authentication frame for FILS shared
key authentication with ERP and PMKSA caching.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
ieee802_1x_encapsulate_radius() and ieee802_1x_alloc_eapol_sm() need to
be called from FILS processing.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If a PMKSA cache entry for the target AP is available, try to use FILS
with PMKSA caching.
If an ERP key for the target AP is available, try to use FILS with
EAP-Initiate/Re-auth added as Wrapper Data element.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This needs to be callable through the EAPOL supplicant wrappers to allow
FILS implementation to use ERP.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This implements Key-Auth derivation for (Re)Association Request frames
(see P802.11ai/D11.0 12.12.2.6.2) and (Re)Association Response frames
(see P802.11ai/D11.0 12.12.2.6.3).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This is the PTKSA key derivation used as part of the FILS authentication
exchange. See P802.11ai/D11.0 12.12.2.5.3.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This makes it cleaner for the FILS implementation to use the same design
for setting Authentication frame elements as was already done with SAE.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add operations to allow low level control over RF sectors in QCA DMG
(11ad) chipsets. Operations include getting/setting the configuration of
a specific sector, as well as getting/setting the selected sector which
the HW uses to communicate with a specific station.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
That function does not need the full EAP header -- it only needs to know
which EAP identifier to use in the message. Make this usable for cases
where the previous EAP message may not exist (FILS).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This changes 4-way handshake authenticator processing to decrypt the
EAPOL-Key frames using an AEAD cipher (AES-SIV with FILS AKMs) before
processing the Key Data field. This replaces Key MIC validation for the
cases where AEAD cipher is used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This changes 4-way handshake authenticator processing to decrypt the
EAPOL-Key frames using an AEAD cipher (AES-SIV with FILS AKMs) before
processing the Key Data field. This replaces Key MIC validation for the
cases where AEAD cipher is used. This needs to move the EAPOL-Key msg
2/4 RSN element processing to happen only after the PTK has been derived
and validated. That is done for all AKMs to avoid extra complexity with
having to maintain two code paths for this.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This modifies wpa_eapol_key_send() to use AEAD cipher (AES-SIV for FILS
AKMs) to provide both integrity protection for the EAPOL-Key frame and
encryption for the Key Data field. It should be noted that this starts
encrypting the Key Data field in EAPOL-Key message 2/4 while it remains
unencrypted (but integrity protected) in non-FILS cases. Similarly, the
empty Key Data field in EAPOL-Key message 4/4 gets encrypted for AEAD
cases.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This will be needed to be able to implement AEAD cipher support from
FILS that will need to use KEK to protect the frame.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Suite B 192-bit addition from IEEE Std 802.11ac-2013 replaced the
previous fixed length Key MIC field with a variable length field. That
change was addressed with an addition of a new struct defined for the
second MIC length. This is not really scalable and with FILS coming up
with a zero-length MIC case for AEAD, a more thorough change to support
variable length MIC is needed.
Remove the Key MIC and Key Data Length fields from the struct
wpa_eapol_key and find their location based on the MIC length
information (which is determined by the AKMP). This change allows the
separate struct wpa_eapol_key_192 to be removed since struct
wpa_eapol_key will now include only the fixed length fields that are
shared with all EAPOL-Key cases in IEEE Std 802.11.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Calculate the hashed realm from hostapd erp_domain configuration
parameter and add this to the FILS Indication element when ERP is
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If FILS is enabled, indicate that in Beacon, Probe Response, and
(Re)Association Response frames in the Extended Capabilities element.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This adds CONFIG_FILS=y build configuration option and new key
management options for FILS authentication.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This adds definitions for new information elements from P802.11ai/D11.0
and parsing of these IEs.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The previous implementation was hardcoded to use 128-bit AES key
(AEAD_AES_SIV_CMAC_256). Extend this by allowing AEAD_AES_SIV_CMAC_384
and AEAD_AES_SIV_CMAC_512 with 192-bit and 256-bit AES keys.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows the CRC-32 routine to be shared for other purposes in
addition to the WEP/TKIP/FCS within wlantest.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Station should be able to connect initially without ft_pmk_cache filled,
so the target AP has the PSK available and thus the same information as
the origin AP. Therefore neither caching nor communication between the
APs with respect to PMK-R0 or PMK-R1 or VLANs is required if the target
AP derives the required PMKs locally.
This patch introduces the generation of the required PMKs locally for
FT-PSK. Additionally, PMK-R0 is not stored (and thus pushed) for FT-PSK.
So for FT-PSK networks, no configuration of inter-AP communication is
needed anymore when using ft_psk_generate_local=1 configuration. The
default behavior (ft_psk_generate_local=0) remains to use the pull/push
protocol.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
This also implements the macsec_get_capability for the macsec_qca
driver to maintain the existing behavior.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
RFC 5931 Section 2.8.5.1 does not list the Prep field as something that
the server validates to match the Request. However, the supplicant side
has to use the same pre-processing mechanism for the password for the
authentication to work, so we may as well as enforce this field to match
the requested value now that wpa_supplicant implementation is fixed to
copy the value from the request.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Fix the pre-processing field in the response when EAP_PWD_PREP_MS is
being used. This fixes interoperability with EAP-pwd servers that
validate the Prep field in EAP-pwd-ID/Response when the RFC2759
(PasswordHashHash) pre-processing is used.
Signed-off-by: Brian Candler <B.Candler@pobox.com>
Clean up the driver interface by passing pointers to struct receive_sc
down the stack to the {create,delete}_recevie_sc() ops, instead of
passing the individual properties of the SC.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Clean up the driver interface by passing pointers to struct transmit_sc
down the stack to the {create,delete}_transmit_sc() ops, instead of
passing the individual arguments.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
This basically just follows commit
587b0457e0 ('LibreSSL: Fix build with
LibreSSL') with the same pattern, which was missed here.
Signed-off-by: Julian Ospald <hasufell@hasufell.de>
Due to a missing guard for old OpenSSL code, SSL_library_init() was not
called, which is required for LibreSSL. Likewise for cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Christian Neukirchen <chneukirchen@gmail.com>
Add LibreSSL check to old OpenSSL #ifdef guard as DH_{get0,set0}_key()
is not implemented in LibreSSL.
Signed-off-by: Christian Neukirchen <chneukirchen@gmail.com>
Add attributes for specifing the frequency where FTM/AOA measurement is
done over the air. This allows the user space framework to maintain its
own cache of peers without depending on the kernel scan results cache,
or perform scans less often (since entries in the kernel scan results
cache expire quickly). The change is backward compatible. If the
frequency attribute is not specified, the kernel scan results cache will
be queried, like done today.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
Clean up the driver interface by passing pointers to struct receive_sa
down the stack to the {create,enable,disable}_receive_sa() ops, instead
of passing the individual properties of the SA.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Clean up the driver interface by passing pointers to struct transmit_sa
down the stack to the {create,enable,disable}_transmit_sa ops, instead
of passing the individual properties of the SA.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Clean up the driver interface by passing pointers to structs transmit_sa
and receive_sa down the stack to get_receive_lowest_pn(),
get_transmit_next_pn(), and set_transmit_next_pn() ops, instead of
passing the individual arguments.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
These structs will be passed down to macsec drivers in a coming patch to
make the driver interface cleaner, so they need to be shared between the
core MKA implementation and the drivers.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
This makes it easier to copy a subset of definitions without
accidentally getting mismatching values.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This extends ANQP_GET command to support querying MBO cellular
preference also. The cellular preference can be requested along with
neigbor report by appending mbo:1 to the command arguments.
For example:
ANQP_GET <bssid> 272,mbo:1
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The user space app use QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_GET_CHAIN_RSSI cmd to
get the corresponding antenna rssi value for the specific chain. And the
associcated attributes are added to configure the antenna diversity and
related selftest.
Signed-off-by: Li Feng <lifeng@qti.qualcomm.com>
The reason detail field was removed from non_pref_chan attr in MBO
v0.0_r25 draft. Don't parse for this element to be compliant with the
latest drafr.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
MBO capable APs can set association disallowed in the Beacon/Probe
Response frames. For testing purposes, the STA needs to be configured to
not ignore the association disallowed set by APs and continue to connect
to such AP like non-MBO enabled STA. Add a QCA vendor attribute for
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SET_WIFI_CONFIGURATION vendor sub command to
configure the driver to ignore association disallowed functionality.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
There is no need to find bss->drv separately for each parameter, so do
this once at the beginning of the function.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add driver parameter command to force capability flag
WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_BSS_SELECTION even if driver states otherwise. This is
mainly for testing purposes.
Signed-off-by: Mikael Kanstrup <mikael.kanstrup@sonymobile.com>
Ignore group members for which there is no supported channels
information when calculating common group frequencies.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
This command carries 802.11 header and payload along with key (TK) and
PN for encryption/decryption purpose. Firmware/driver encrypts/decrypts
the given data and sends to userspace as a response to the command. User
space component can validate the data received from the driver to unit
test the hardware's encryption engine.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
A weakness in the initial client taxonomy mechanism is from storing both
the Probe and Associate in struct sta_info. struct sta_info is created
after a client associates (or starts authentication frame exchange),
which means that any Probe Request frames sent prior to association are
not retained. The Associate Request frame has to be seen, and then
another Probe Request frame after association, before we have a
signature for the client.
Most clients send lots of Probe Request frames (lots and lots and lots
of Probes, actually), but a few do not. ChromeOS is notably sparing in
sending Probe Request frames, it can take a long time before a signature
for a ChromeOS device is available.
Store the most recent Probe Request frame in struct hostapd_sta_info
tracking list. When a struct sta_info is created, move the Probe Request
frame information from struct hostapd_sta_info to struct sta_info.
Signed-off-by: dgentry@google.com (Denton Gentry)
Signed-off-by: denny@geekhold.com (Denton Gentry)
Signed-off-by: rofrankel@google.com (Richard Frankel)
Signed-off-by: richard@frankel.tv (Richard Frankel)
Implement the signature mechanism described in the paper
"Passive Taxonomy of Wifi Clients using MLME Frame Contents"
published by Denton Gentry and Avery Pennarun.
http://research.google.com/pubs/pub45429.htmlhttps://arxiv.org/abs/1608.01725
This involves:
1. Add a CONFIG_TAXONOMY compile option. Enabling taxonomy incurs
a memory overhead of up to several kilobytes per associated
station.
2. If enabled, store the Probe Request and (Re)Associate Request frame in
struct sta_info.
3. Implement code to extract the ID of each Information Element,
plus selected fields and bitmasks from certain IEs, into a
descriptive text string. This is done in a new source file,
src/ap/taxonomy.c.
4. Implement a "signature qq:rr:ss:tt:uu:vv" command
in hostapd_cli to retrieve the signature.
Signatures take the form of a text string. For example, a signature
for the Nexus 5X is:
wifi4|probe:0,1,127,45,191,htcap:01ef,htagg:03,htmcs:0000ffff,vhtcap:338061b2,
vhtrxmcs:030cfffa,vhttxmcs:030cfffa,extcap:00000a0201000040|assoc:0,1,48,45,
221(0050f2,2),191,127,htcap:01ef,htagg:03,htmcs:0000ffff,vhtcap:339071b2,
vhtrxmcs:030cfffa,vhttxmcs:030cfffa,extcap:0000000000000040
Signed-off-by: dgentry@google.com (Denton Gentry)
Signed-off-by: denny@geekhold.com (Denton Gentry)
Signed-off-by: rofrankel@google.com (Richard Frankel)
Signed-off-by: richard@frankel.tv (Richard Frankel)
Previously, struct hostapd_iface sta_seen list head was initialized only
when completing interface setup. This left a window for operation that
could potentially iterate through the list before the list head has been
initialized. While the existing code checked iface->num_sta_seen to
avoid this case, it is much cleaner to initialize the list when struct
hostapd_iface is allocated to avoid any accidental missing of the extra
checks before list iteration.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Do not generate an unused and invalid Request Authenticator (random
value) when constructing Accounting-Request packets. The correct Request
Authenticator is calculated subsequently in radius_msg_finish_acct()
using MD5(msg + shared secret).
Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
This reverts commit 647862eb60.
The second check of device_ap_sme looks like duplicated, but it isn't
actually. The trick is nl80211_create_monitor_interface may change that
variable value and the second evaluation may give a different result.
This definitely isn't a very clear code, but that change caused a
regression for drivers that:
1) Don't report NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME
2) Don't support monitor mode
3) Don't support subscribing for PROBE_REQ and/or ACTION frames
like brcmfmac. With such drivers hostapd doesn't start anymore.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The places using drv->use_monitor were already skipping creation of the
monitor interface if drv->device_ap_sme == 0. This means that the
monitor interface operations would not have worked anyway and it is safe
to set drv->use_monitor to zero for all such cases. This fixes an issue
with management frame subscription not happening properly for the case
where the AP SME is in the driver and the driver supports monitor
interfaces (for other purposes).
This commit also removes the check for monitor support and the
previously used workaround that cleared drv->use_monitor in
drv->device_ap_sme == 1 case if monitor interface was not supported
since that condition cannot occur anymore.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Upon receiving FST Setup Request from some peer on some interface,
search is made to see if same peer is connected on other interface with
specific band_id. With multiple peers, bug in
fst_group_does_iface_appear_in_other_mbies() caused wrong peer address
to be returned sometimes.
Fix this with a modified, simplified search algorithm of peer's "other"
connection.
Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <qca_dlansky@qca.qualcomm.com>
Fix some mistakes in the previous commit for adding QCA vendor commands
for indoor location.
Note: The renamed enum value does not change the ABI, but the addition
of QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_FTM_MEAS_INVALID in the beginning of enum
qca_wlan_vendor_attr_ftm_meas does renumber
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_FTM_MEAS_* values. The previous values were
committed yesterday and have not been used in any released code yet, so
this is a justifiable quick fix.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
Assign QCA vendor specific commands, attributes, and events for
supporting indoor location features.
These features include:
1. Fine timing measurement (FTM) - allows measurement of distance
between two stations. Based on IEEE P802.11-REVmc/D7.0, 11.24.6 FTM is
performed between two stations: one is an initiator, typically a client
that wants to measure distance to another AP, and one is a responder,
typically an AP which responds to measurement requests from other
clients. The responder can be configured to report its location, either
in absolute coordinates (LCI) or free-form description (LCR).
2. Angle of arrival (AOA) - allows measurement of azimuth and elevation
between two stations.
The above features can be combined to allow a station to get an accurate
indoor location.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add configuration options that control publishing of fine timing
measurement (FTM) responder and initiator functionality via bits 70, 71
of Extended Capabilities element. Typically, FTM functionality is
controlled by a location framework outside hostapd. When framework is
activated, it will use hostapd to configure the AP to publish the FTM
functionality. See IEEE P802.11-REVmc/D7.0, 9.4.2.27.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
Some deployed stations incorrectly consider nsts capability in
(Re)Association Response frame as required capability instead of maximum
capability and if it is greater than station's capability then beamform
will not happen in uplink traffic.
This commit adds support for an optional workaround to use station's
nsts capability in (Re)Association Response frame if the station's nsts
is less than AP by using the use_sta_nsts=1 configuration parameter.
This configuration is introduced in this commit and it is disabled by
default.
Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <c_traja@qti.qualcomm.com>
Some user space monitor wants to offload link layer statistics to
firmware. A new command QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_LL_STATS_EXT and
associcated attributes are added. The monitor will use this new command
to configure monitoring paramters and get link layer statistics.
Attributes added in this change:
1. Parameters for FW to trigger the statistics report
2. Peer STA power state
3. TX failure statistics
Signed-off-by: Zhang Qian <zhangq@qti.qualcomm.com>
Assign cs in ieee802_1x_mka_decode_dist_sak_body and reuse it.
Cleanup of key allocation: ieee802_1x_kay_generate_new_sak() and
ieee802_1x_mka_decode_dist_sak_body() both allocate a struct key_conf,
fill it, and ask ieee802_1x_kay_init_data_key() to allocate and set up a
struct data_key. They also allocate multiple key buffers and copy the
same data around. Stop moving data from buffer to buffer, and just
allocate what we really need.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Instead of copying from kay to a temporary struct, and then from the
struct to the sm, just copy from kay to cp.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
This avoids unnecessary typecasting while still being able to compare
the value to CS_TABLE_SIZE without compiler warnings.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Share mka deletion implementation in ieee802_1x_participant_timer() for
the cak_life and mka_life expiration cases.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
This takes care of priority comparison followed by MAC address
comparison if the priorities are identical.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
This is a known constant value (CS_ID_LEN, i.e., the length of the EUI64
identifier) and does not need to be provided separately in these
function calls.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
to_use_sak is a Boolean variable, so there is no need for an if
statement to figure out whether to return TRUE or FALSE.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Use for loop to remove unnecessary goto use and similar cleanup to
simplify the loops in ieee802_1x_mka_i_in_peerlist(),
ieee802_1x_mka_decode_live_peer_body(), and
ieee802_1x_kay_decode_mkpdu().
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Each loop iteration resets body_peer in the beginning, so there is no
need to increment this pointer in the end.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Add ieee802_1x_kay_get_potential_peer() similarly to the previously used
ieee802_1x_kay_get_live_peer() and use these helper functions more
consistently to avoid multiple implementations of peer lookups.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
This splits the u32 bitfields into u8 variables and using bitfields only
for the cases where under 8-bit fields are used.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Previously, this was initialized in hostapd_setup_bss() which made it
possible for a REMOVE_NEIGHBOR control interface command to be issued
prior to the list head pointers having been set. That resulted in a NULL
pointer dereference. Fix this by initializing the list head at the time
the data structure gets allocated.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Number of hostapd control interface commands (e.g., STATUS-DRIVER) could
result in NULL pointer dereference when issued on not yet enabled BSS.
Fix this by checking that the driver interface has been initialized
before calling the driver_ops function.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
When the RADIUS client has not yet been fully enabled, MIB command was
segfaulting hostapd.
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardoabinader@gmail.com>
Accoding to the comment of struct wpa_driver_mesh_bss_params, the
max_peer_links parameter should be under that struct.
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
Various checks should use is_multicast_ether_addr() instead
of hardcoding the equivalent, change it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Previously, driver_nl80211 sets NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT in
AP mode, to get EAPOL frames out unencrypted when using IEEE 802.1X/WEP.
However, due to the way nl80211/cfg80211 is implemented, this attribute
is ignored by the kernel if NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE isn't
specified as well. Fix this by including
NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE set to ETH_P_PAE. This can be done
unconditionally, since the kernel will allow ETH_P_PAE to be set even
when the driver didn't advertise support for arbitrary ethertypes.
Additionally, the params->pairwise_ciphers appear to not be set at
this point, so relax the check and allow them to be zero.
In client mode, this whole thing was missing, so add it. Again, the
pairwise suite can be WPA_CIPHER_NONE, so allow that case as well.
This fixed IEEE 802.1X/WEP EAP reauthentication and rekeying to use
unencrypted EAPOL frames which is the de facto way of implementing this
in wireless networks.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To be consistent with OpenSSL 1.1.0, the free functions should
internally check for NULL. EVP_MD_CTX_free also was missing an
EVP_MD_CTX_cleanup, so this leaked a little.
OpenSSL 1.1.0 also has given get_rfc3526_prime_1536 a better namespace
with get_rfc3526_prime_1536 as a compatibility-only name. Use that
instead in 1.1.0.
Signed-off-by: David Benjamin <davidben@google.com>
Do not include a NAS-Port attribute in Access-Request and
Accounting-Request packets where the Association ID (AID) is 0, i.e.,
not yet assigned or known.
Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
Previously, the check for mgmt->bssid matching own address (= BSSID)
ended up rejecting the case where Public Action frames are using
Wildcard BSSID in the Address 3 field. This could result in GAS queries
being dropped. Fix this by allowing both the own address (= AP BSSID)
and Wildcard BSSID in Action frame Address 3 field.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This commit introduces a new vendor sub command
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_GET_HW_CAPABILITY and the associated
attributes to get Wi-Fi hardware capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Yingying Tang <yintang@qti.qualcomm.com>
This can be used to mandate the presence of the Message-Authenticator
attribute on CoA/Disconnect-Request packets.
Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
Trying to open file for checking file existence seems to be too much.
Instead use access system call which is meant for the same.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Bedarkar <rahulbedarkar89@gmail.com>
body_type, used to index in mka_body_handler, can be any u8 value, but
we have only ARRAY_SIZE(mka_body_handler) elements.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
This uses a more accurate variable type for body_type and makes it
cleaner to compare this to other unsigned values.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If the memory allocation in ieee802_1x_kay_init_receive_sc() fails, we
end up in an inconsistent state where the peer is moved to the live
peers list and its sci is setup, but we don't have an rxsc.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
The room we actually use is length. This could also mess up the
receiver, since it will advance by the actual length (as indicated by
the parameter body's length), which could differ from the offset at
which we stored the next item.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
1. The comparison between SCI's of two servers with identical priority
is broken, and would always return TRUE. Just use os_memcmp(), which
provides the ordering we need.
2. If no peer can be key server but this instance can, then become the
key server.
3. The ordering of blocks between peer as key server and ourself as key
server overwrites settings. Simple reordering fixes this.
4. Default to being the key server, so that we advertise our ability in
the MKPDUs we send. That's the only way peers can know we can be key
server. Cleared automatically as soon as we find a better peer.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
There's no need to have a separate variable and open-code a more
complicated version of this, just use is_broadcast_ether_addr().
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In preparation for adding further command completion support
to hostapd_cli move some cli related utility functions out of
wpa_cli into a new common cli file.
Signed-off-by: Mikael Kanstrup <mikael.kanstrup@sonymobile.com>
This commit defines QCA vendor subcommand and attributes for IE based
access control, i.e., the specific configured IE (full IE) is matched
with the frames originated by the Wi-Fi STA / AP to accept or deny the
connection. A specific IE can either be a whitelist or blacklist.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This commit introduces a new vendor sub command
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_GPIO_CONFIG_COMMAND and associated
attributes to configure GPIO pins.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This makes wpa_supplicant set default scan IEs to the driver (if the
vendor command is supported). The driver can use these IEs in the scan
requests initiated by the driver itself. Also the driver can merge these
IEs into further scan requests that it receives, in case if the scan
request doesn't carry any of the IEs sent in this command.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously, HT/VHT state was shown in STATUS based on the configuration
parameter instead of the runtime operational parameters. This could
result in claiming HT/VHT to be enabled even when it was forced to be
disabled due to an incompatible configuration. Clear HT/VHT information
in the STATUS output if HT/VHT has been disabled.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If params->freq is NULL here, it leads to a segfault. Do not initialize
bss->bandwidth if params->freq is NULL.
Signed-off-by: Chaitanya T K <Chaitanya.Mgit@gmail.com>
Previously, HT capability IE and HT information IE were included in
Beacon and Mesh Peering Open/Confirm frames even if HT is disabled with
disable_ht=1. This patch removes these.
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
If a peer stops sending adv_service_instance, we should clear the
existing dev->info.p2ps_instance.
This commit fixes the following scenario:
When peer device stops sending adv_service_instance, wpa_supplicant did
not remove old dev->info.p2ps_instance from device's property. This
variable should be updated as per peer behavior and should be cleared
when peer stops sending this information.
Signed-off-by: Nishant Chaprana <n.chaprana@samsung.com>
Remove the unnecessary os_free() call from p2p_deinit() since
p2p_flush() called just above this takes care of freeing
p2p->after_scan_tx and the second call here ends up being no-op
os_free(NULL) in practice.
Signed-off-by: Mayank Haarit <mayank.h@samsung.com>
Previously, mesh power management functionality works only with kernel
MPM. Because user space MPM did not report mesh peer AID to kernel,
the kernel could not identify the bit in TIM element. So this patch
reports mesh peer AID to kernel.
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
This commit introduces a new vendor sub command
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SAP_CONDITIONAL_CHAN_SWITCH and associated
attributes which aim to configure selected frequencies on which the AP
can conditionally switch onto for preferred operation.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 49fe2ada20 ('OpenSSL: Support
OpenSSL 1.1.0 DH opacity') started using the new accessor functions, but
used incorrect success check for the DH_set0_key() call. This resulted
in dh5_init_fixed() failures and double-free on error path if the build
was linked against OpenSSL 1.1.0. Fix this by checking DH_set0_key()
return value to be 1 for the success case.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
These control interface event message are used by external programs, so
define them a bit more formally in the header file.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This allows P2P Listen to be offloaded to device to enhance power
saving.
To start P2P listen offload, from wpa_cli interface, issue the command:
p2p_lo_start <freq> <period> <interval> <count>
To stop P2P listen offload, issue the command:
p2p_lo_stop
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Provides operating frequency in EVENT_ASSOC when IBSS is joined so that
wpa_s->assoc_freq can be updated when any IBSS network is joined.
Signed-off-by: Saurav Babu <saurav.babu@samsung.com>
During the P802.11s draft development, there were separate LISTEN and
IDLE states. However, the current IEEE 802.11 standards uses only the
IDLE state while the implementation called this LISTEN. Rename the state
in the implementation to match the one used in the standard to avoid
confusion. In addition, rename OPEN_{SENT,RCVD} to OPN_{SNT,RCVD} to
match the exact spelling of these states in the standard.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
OpenSSL 1.1.0 (master branch) apparently ended up modifying the API
after the beta 2 release that was supposed to complete the work. Mark
the variables const to fix the compilation with the modified OpenSSL
API.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
These elements can be used for pre-standard publication testing of HE
before P802.11ax draft assigns the element ID. The payload of these
vendor specific elements is defined by the latest P802.11ax draft.
Please note that the draft is still work in progress and the element
payload is subject to change.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This is now annotated as be16, so use it as such in all cases instead of
first storing host byte order value and then swapping that to big endian
in other instances of the same structure. This gets rid of number of
sparse warnings.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
driver_wired.c pulls in utils/common.h before net/if.h as a workaround
for NetBSD build. This results in IFNAMSIZ getting redefined and sparse
warning about this. Silence that warning by undefining the IFNAMSIZ
definition from common.h to allow the one from net/if.h being used. In
addition, remove duplicated inclusion of net/if.h.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This gets rid of a sparse warning and also allows the compatibility of
the declarations to be verified (a missing const declaration is fixed
here as well).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This gets rid of number of sparse warnings and also allows the
compatibility of the declarations to be verified (number of missing
const declarations are fixed here as well).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This allows the compiler to check that function prototypes match the
implementation. In addition, this gets rid of sparse warnings.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
These are called through function pointers, so no need to make the
function symbols directly available outside this file.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This converts some of the PAE code to use a design that gets rid
unnecessary warnings from sparse and allows more thorough validation of
byte order operations.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
These are called through function pointers, so no need to make the
function symbols directly available outside this file.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
These little endian fields were not marked properly and the type case in
the get_unaligned_* helper macros were causing warnings from sparse.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Couple of fsts_id and llt fields were not properly swapped from host
byte order to little endian byte order used in the frames. Fix this and
use the le32 type to make this more consistent and verifiable with
sparse.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Since crypto_openssl.c is now implementing couple of functions
internally, pull in the relevant header files md5.h and aes_wrap.h to
make sure the function declaration are consistent.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Freeing memory for subjectAltName in parse_cert(), will give cert_cb
pointers to freed memory zone that may already been overwritten. Memory
for subjectAltName is released in parse_cert_free().
Signed-off-by: Cedric Izoard <cedric.izoard@ceva-dsp.com>
The "Accepting Additional Mesh Peerings bit == 0" means the peer cannot
accept any more peers, so suppress attempt to open a connection to such
a peer.
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
This moves pairwise, group, and management group ciphers to various mesh
data structures to avoid having to hardcode cipher in number of places
through the code. While CCMP and BIP are still the hardcoded ciphers,
these are now set only in one location.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The AMPE element includes number of optional and variable length fields
and those cannot really be represented by a fixed struct
ieee80211_ampe_ie. Remove the optional fields from the struct and
build/parse these fields separately.
This is also adding support for IGTKdata that was completely missing
from the previous implementation. In addition, Key RSC for MGTK is now
filled in and used when configuring the RX MGTK for a peer.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The previous implementation was incorrect in forcing the MGTK to be used
as the IGTK as well. Define new variable for storing IGTK and use that,
if set, to configure IGTK to the driver. This commit does not yet fix
AMPE element parsing to fill in this information.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This extends the data structures to allow variable length MGTK to be
stored for RX. This is needed as an initial step towards supporting
different cipher suites.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This is initial step in fixing issues in how PMF configuration for RSN
mesh was handled. PMF is an optional capability for mesh and it needs to
be configured consistently in both hostapd structures (to get proper
RSNE) and key configuration (not included in this commit).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit 0603bcb7fe ('hostapd: Process MAC
ACLs on a station association event (SME in driver)') processes MAC ACL
on a station association event for drivers which use AP SME offload but
does not consider the scenario where the drivers offload ACL. This can
result in station disconnection, though the driver accepts the
connection. Address this by avoiding the hostapd ACL check for the
drivers offloading MAC ACL.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This commit also introduces a new attribute MANDATORY_FREQUENCY_LIST
which aims for AP operation in a channel that ensures best concurrency
sessions.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
eloop deinit calls could trigger segmentation fault if the early error
path is hit before eloop_init() gets called.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Verify that fst_global_init() has been called before deinitializing the
global FST context. This makes it a bit easier to handle failure paths
from initialization.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Set max peer links to kernel even when wpa_supplicant MPM is used. This
sets the correct value for the "Accepting Additional Mesh Peerings bit"
in "Mesh Capability field" in "Mesh Configuration element" in the Beacon
frame.
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
Recent versions of engine_pkcs11 are set up to be autoloaded on demand
with ENGINE_by_id() because they don't need explicit configuration.
But if we *do* want to explicitly configure them with a PKCS#11 module
path, we should still do so.
We can't tell whether it was already initialised, but it's harmless to
repeat the MODULE_PATH command if it was.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
Tested-by: Michael Schaller <misch@google.com>
Any data accessible from nla_data() is freed before the
send_and_recv_msgs() function returns, therefore we need to allocate
space for info.flags ourselves.
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
gas_address3=1 can now be used to force hostapd to use the IEEE 802.11
standards compliant Address 3 field value (Wildcard BSSID when not
associated) even if the GAS request uses non-compliant address (AP
BSSID).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously all TX status events with wildcard BSSID were ignored. This
did not allow Public Action frame TX status to be processed with the
corrected wildcard BSSID use. Fix this to be allowed. In practice, this
affects only test cases since Action frame TX status was not used for
anything else.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 10.19 (Public Action frame addressing) specifies
that the wildcard BSSID value is used in Public Action frames that are
transmitted to a STA that is not a member of the same BSS. hostapd used
to use the actual BSSID value for all such frames regardless of whether
the destination STA is a member of the BSS.
Fix this by using the wildcard BSSID in cases the destination STA is not
a member of the BSS. Leave group addressed case as-is (i.e., the actual
BSSID), since both values are accepted. No such frames are currently
used, though.
This version is still using the AP BSSID value in the Address 3 field
for GAS response frames when replying to a GAS request with AP BSSID
instead of Wildcard BSSID. This is left as a workaround to avoid
interoperability issues with deployed STA implementations that are still
using the non-compliant address and that might be unable to process the
standard compliant case.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This adds the necessary changes to support extraction and use of the
extended capabilities specified per interface type (a recent
cfg80211/nl80211 extension). If that information is available,
per-interface values will be used to override the global per-radio
value.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add a new "timeout" argument to the event message if the nl80211 message
indicates that the connection failure is not due to an explicit AP
rejection message. This makes it easier for external programs to figure
out why the connection failed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows the simplest case of SAE group negotiation to occur by
selecting the next available group if the peer STA indicates the
previous one was not supported. This is not yet sufficient to cover all
cases, e.g., when both STAs need to change their groups, but at least
some cases are no covered.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
hostapd deinit functions were not ready to handle a case where the data
structures were not fully initialized. Make these more robust to allow
wpa_supplicant mesh implementation to use the current deinit design in
OOM error cases without causing NULL pointer dereferences.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This avoids internal access of structs and also removes the dependency
on the reimplemented TLS PRF functions when EAP-FAST support is not
enabled. Notably, BoringSSL doesn't support EAP-FAST, so there is no
need to access its internals with openssl_get_keyblock_size().
Signed-Off-By: David Benjamin <davidben@google.com>
Most protocols extracting keys from TLS use RFC 5705 exporters which is
commonly implemented in TLS libraries. This is the mechanism used by
EAP-TLS. (EAP-TLS actually predates RFC 5705, but RFC 5705 was defined
to be compatible with it.)
EAP-FAST, however, uses a legacy mechanism. It reuses the TLS internal
key block derivation and derives key material after the key block. This
is uncommon and a misuse of TLS internals, so not all TLS libraries
support this. Instead, we reimplement the PRF for the OpenSSL backend
and don't support it at all in the GnuTLS one.
Since these two are very different operations, split
tls_connection_prf() in two. tls_connection_export_key() implements the
standard RFC 5705 mechanism that we expect most TLS libraries to
support. tls_connection_get_eap_fast_key() implements the
EAP-FAST-specific legacy mechanism which may not be implemented on all
backends but is only used by EAP-FAST.
Signed-Off-By: David Benjamin <davidben@google.com>
Commit 68ae4773a4 ('OpenSSL: Use library
wrapper functions to access cert store') fixed most of these, but missed
a few.
Signed-Off-By: David Benjamin <davidben@google.com>
This makes changes such that hostapd (and wpa_supplicant AP mode)
registers to kernel for specific Action frames instead of generically
registering for all Action frames. This makes it easier for other
programs to register for some Action frames that hostapd does not handle
today without having to somehow coordinate directly with hostapd.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add P2PS config flag only when config_methods are set. This restores the
pre-P2PS behavioer for the cases where Display or Keypad config method
is specified for a peer (i.e., do not add the new P2PS method in that
case).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This gets rid of a valgrind warning on uninitialized memory read in the
eap_proto_sake_errors test case where the result was used after the
failed eap_sake_compute_mic() call.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This gets rid of a valgrind warning on uninitialized memory read in the
eap_proto_pax_errors test case where the result was used after the
failed eap_pax_mac() call.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This gets rid of a valgrind warning on uninitialized memory read in the
eap_proto_fast_errors test case where the result was used after the
failed sha1_t_prf() call.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This gets rid of a valgrind warning on uninitialized memory read in the
wpas_ctrl_error test case where the result was used after the failed
sha256_vector() call.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This gets rid of a valgrind warning on uninitialized memory read in the
hostapd_oom_wpa2_eap_connect test case where the result is used after
failed md5_vector() call.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This gets rid of a valgrind warning on uninitialized memory read in the
hostapd_oom_wpa2_eap_connect test case where memcmp is used after failed
hmac_md5() call.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This gets rid of a valgrind warning on uninitialized memory read in the
hostapd_oom_wpa2_eap test case where memcmp is used after failed
md5_vector() call.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Check for hmac_sha256() failures and exit from wps_derive_psk() without
printing out the derived keys if anything fails. This removes a valgrind
warning on uninitialized value when running the ap_wps_m3_oom test case.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
In some terminal, verified with gtkterm and teraterm, backspace key is
not properly processed. For instance, type 'abc', 3 times of backspace
key press then '123' shows the result of 'abc123' instead of '123'. To
fix this, add a routine to process '\b' character input when using
edit_simple.c instead of edit.c (i.e., without CONFIG_WPA_CLI_EDIT=y).
Signed-off-by: Siwon Kang <kkangshawn@gmail.com>
If there's ever a driver that, like nl80211, requires radiotap,
we need to have a NEED_RADIOTAP variable to avoid trying to link
the radiotap helpers twice. Introduce that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Commit 4104267e81 ('Fix memory leak on NFC
DH generation error path') modified the generic (non-OpenSSL)
implementation of dh5_init() to free the previously assigned public key,
if any. However, that commit did not modify the OpenSSL specific version
of this function. Add the same change there to maintain consistent
behavior between these two implementations of the same function.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 4104267e81 ('Fix memory leak on NFC
DH generation error path') modified dh5_init() behavior in the
non-OpenSSL implementation to free the public key (if any was previously
set). However, this did not update one of the callers to make sure the
publ argument in the call is initialized. This could result in trying to
free invalid pointer and segmentation fault when hostapd or
wpa_supplicant was built against some other crypto library than OpenSSL.
Signed-off-by: Rujun Wang <chinawrj@gmail.com>
BoringSSL added OpenSSL 1.1.0's SSL_get_client_random() and friends in
working towards opaquifying the SSL struct. But it, for the moment,
still looks more like 1.0.2 than 1.1.0 and advertises
OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER as such. This means that there is no need to
define those in BoringSSL and defining them causes conflicts. (C does
not like having static and non-static functions with the same name.)
As requested, this is conditioned on defined(BORINGSSL_API_VERSION) so
wpa_supplicant may continue to support older BoringSSLs for a time.
(BoringSSL revisions without the accessors predate BoringSSL maintaining
a BORINGSSL_API_VERSION.)
Also add a missing opensslv.h include. tls_openssl.c is sensitive to
OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER, so it should include the header directly rather
than rely on another header to do so.
Signed-off-by: David Benjamin <davidben@google.com>
Spurious newlines output while writing the config file can corrupt the
wpa_supplicant configuration. Avoid writing these for the network block
parameters. This is a generic filter that cover cases that may not have
been explicitly addressed with a more specific commit to avoid control
characters in the psk parameter.
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
WPA/WPA2-Personal passphrase is not allowed to include control
characters. Reject a Credential received from a WPS Registrar both as
STA (Credential) and AP (AP Settings) if the credential is for WPAPSK or
WPA2PSK authentication type and includes an invalid passphrase.
This fixes an issue where hostapd or wpa_supplicant could have updated
the configuration file PSK/passphrase parameter with arbitrary data from
an external device (Registrar) that may not be fully trusted. Should
such data include a newline character, the resulting configuration file
could become invalid and fail to be parsed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
One of supported code paths already allows this scenario. It is used if
driver doesn't report NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME and doesn't support
monitor interface. In such situation:
1) We don't quit if subscribing for WLAN_FC_STYPE_PROBE_REQ fails
2) We don't try subscribing for WLAN_FC_STYPE_ACTION
3) We fallback to AP SME mode after failing to create monitor interface
4) We don't quit if subscribing for WLAN_FC_STYPE_PROBE_REQ fails
Above scenario is used, e.g., with brcmfmac. As you can see - thanks to
events provided by cfg80211 - it's not really required to receive Probe
Request or action frames.
However, the previous implementation did not allow using hostapd with
drivers that:
1) Report NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME
2) Don't support subscribing for PROBE_REQ and/or ACTION frames
In case of using such a driver hostapd will cancel setup after failing
to subscribe for WLAN_FC_STYPE_ACTION. I noticed it after setting flag
WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME in brcmfmac driver for my experiments.
This patch allows working with such drivers with just a small warning
printed as debug message.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
This reduces duration that private keying material might remain in the
process memory by clearing wpabuf data used in WPS operations when there
is possibility of the buffer including keys or related material.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This new parameter allows hostapd to add Vendor Specific elements into
(Re)Association Response frames similarly to the way vendor_elements
parameter can be used for Beacon and Probe Response frames.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The OpenSSL 1.1.0 Beta 2 release made DH opaque and that broke
compilation of crypto_openssl.c. Fix this by using the new accessor
functions when building against OpenSSL 1.1.0 or newer.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit 66d464067d ('FT: Register RRB
l2_packet only if FT-over-DS is enabled') disabled RRB l2_packet socket
if ft_over_ds is disabled, but this socket is required for FT
over-the-air, too (FT key distribution). Enable the socket regardless of
ft_over_ds setting if FT is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Günther Kelleter <guenther.kelleter@devolo.de>
This adds QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SET_WIFI_CONFIGURATION and
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_GET_WIFI_CONFIGURATION and the attributes used
with these commands.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows local GO to fetch the P2P Interface Address of a P2P Client
in the group based on the P2P Device Address for the client. This
command should be sent only on a group interface (the same peer may be
in multiple concurrent groups).
Usage:
P2P_GROUP_MEMBER <P2P Device Address>
Output:
<P2P Interface Address>
Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <pkushwah@qti.qualcomm.com>
Trigger an event when wpa_supplicant accepts an invitation to re-invoke
a persistent group. Previously wpa_supplicant entered group formation
without triggering any specific events and it could confuse clients,
especially when operating with a driver that does not support
concurrency between P2P and infrastructure connection.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
The os_snprintf() call here cannot really fail in practice, but since
its result was stored into the local variable and not checked, static
analyzers could warn about the unused assignment. Clean this up by
checking the return value.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Set the global RRM flag if global RRM is supported by the device. Also,
allow RRM in (Re)Association Request frame if the global RRM flag is
set.
Signed-off-by: Beni Lev <beni.lev@intel.com>
This flag indicates that RRM can be used in (Re)Association Request
frames, without supporting quiet period.
Signed-off-by: Beni Lev <beni.lev@intel.com>
Register to receive Radio Measurement Request frames since LCI request
is supported by wpa_supplicant.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Add FTM range request via RRM. The AP sends Radio measurement request
with FTM range request as a request for the receiving STA to send FTM
requests to the given list of APs. The neighbor report part of the
request is taken from the neighbor database.
The control interface command is:
REQ_RANGE <dst addr> <rand_int> <min_ap> <responder> [<responder>..]
dst addr: MAC address of an associated STA
rand_int: Randomization Interval (0..65535) in TUs
min_ap: Minimum AP Count (1..15); minimum number of requested FTM ranges
between the associated STA and the listed APs
responder: List of BSSIDs for neighboring APs for which a measurement
is requested
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Add a hostapd control interface command REQ_LCI to request LCI from an
associated station using radio measurement.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Save RM enabled capability element of an associating station if radio
measurement is supported in its capability field.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Process Neighbor Report Request frame and send Neighbor Report Response
frame based on the configured neighbor report data.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Add a configurable neighbor database that includes the content of
Nighbor Report element, LCI and Location Civic subelements and SSID.
All parameters for a neighbor must be updated at once; Neighbor Report
element and SSID are mandatory, LCI and civic are optional. The age of
LCI is set to the time of neighbor update.
The control interface API is:
SET_NEIGHBOR <BSSID> <ssid=SSID> <nr=data> [lci=<data>] [civic=<data>]
To delete a neighbor use:
REMOVE_NEIGHBOR <BSSID> <SSID>
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Extend the radio_measurements parameter to save all the supported
RRM capabilities as it's used in RM enabled capabilities element.
Make this parameter not directly configurable via config file (though,
keep the radio_measurements parameter for some time for backwards
compatibility). Instead, add a configuration option to enable neighbor
report via radio measurements. Other features can be added later as
well.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Add a function that parses SSID in text or hex format. In case of the
text format, the SSID is enclosed in double quotes. In case of the hex
format, the SSID must include only hex digits and not be enclosed in
double quotes. The input string may include other arguments after the
SSID.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Make the function available as part of the wpabuf API.
Use this renamed function where possible.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
The hostapd "POLL_STA <addr>" control interface command can be used to
check whether an associated station ACKs a QoS Data frame. The received
ACK for such a frame is reported as an event message ("AP-STA-POLL-OK
<addr>").
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The optional tx=0 parameter can be added to the hostapd
DEAUTHENTICATE/DISASSOCIATE command to request disconnection without
transmitting the Deauthentication/Disassociation frame to the STA.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows external programs to fetch the driver inactivity value for a
specific STA ("STA <addr>" hostapd control interface command).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The new VENDOR_ELEM value 14 can now be used to add a vendor element
into Probe Request frames used by non-P2P active scans.
For example:
VENDOR_ELEM_ADD 14 dd05001122330a
and to clear that:
VENDOR_ELEM_REMOVE 14 *
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Implement configure_data_frame_filters() callback by using
the net-sysfs interfaces (if these are available).
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Add a new function declaration that will allow wpa_supplicant to request
the driver to configure data frame filters for specific cases.
Add definitions that will allow frame filtering for stations as
required by Hotspot 2.0:
1. Gratuitous ARP
2. Unsolicited NA
3. Unicast IP packets encrypted with GTK
Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
If a legacy client with no P2P PS support is trying to connect to
a P2P GO, the driver should know that, and change its PS behavior
accordingly.
Add a parameter to hostapd_sta_add_params() indicating if P2P PS is
supported by the station and pass this parameter to kernel with nl80211
driver when the station is added/set.
Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
Fix a possible memory leak in decode_tunnel_passwords() if an invalid
passphrase is received from the RADIUS server.
Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
This was previously handled for the case where the non-success
Invitation Response frame was sent out during the Listen phase. However,
in the case the Action frame TX ended up getting scheduled when the
Search phase scan had already started (e.g., due to the driver reporting
Invitation Request RX late enough for the Listen-to-Search transition
having already started), the postponed Action frame TX status processing
did not cover the specific case of non-success Invitation Response. This
could result in the p2p_find operation getting stopped (stuck in SEARCH
state) unexpectedly.
Fix this by calling p2p_check_after_scan_tx_continuation() from
Invitation Response TX callback handler if the invitation was rejected.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The Secure bit in the Key Information field of EAPOL-Key frames is
supposed to be set to 1 when there is a security association. This was
done for other frames, but not for the EAPOL-Key Request frame where
supplicant is requesting a new PTK to be derived (either due to Michael
MIC failure report Error=1 or for other reasons with Error=0). In
practice, EAPOL-Key Request frame is only sent when there is a PTK in
place, so all such frames should have Secure=1.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This struct in the union is empty, but the design of using a zero-length
u8 array here is not fully compatible with C++ and can result in
undesired compiler warnings. This struct is not used anymore, so it can
be removed from the struct ieee80211_mgmt definition to complete the
changes started in commit d447cd596f
('Updates for stricter automatic memcpy bounds checking').
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This struct in the union is empty, but the design of using a zero-length
u8 array here is not fully compatible with C++ and can result in
undesired compiler warnings. Since there are no non-IE fields in the
Probe Request frames, get the location of the variable length IEs simply
by using the pointer to the frame header and the known header length.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This struct in the union is empty, but the design of using a zero-length
u8 array here is not fully compatible with C++ and can result in
undesired compiler warnings. Since there are no non-IE fields in the
Probe Request frames, get the location of the variable length IEs simply
by using the pointer to the frame header and the known header length.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This reverts commit 4ca16b5fd7.
Configuration for this will be done using a previously assigned more
generic command. This new command
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SET_TXRX_AGGREGATION has not been used in any
driver version and won't be used, so the assigned command id can be
freed for future use.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
There is no strong need for pulling in linux/if_ether.h here since all
that is needed if ETH_P_IP and we already cover multiple other ETH_P_*
values in utils/common.h.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This was only used for providing an option to use linux/if_packet.h
instgead of netpacket/packet.h in src/ap/iapp.c. However,
netpacket/packet.h is nowadays commonly available and hostapd already
depends on it through src/l2_packet/l2_packet_linux.c, so there is no
need to continue to provide this option for the kernel header.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This gets rid of need to include linux/if_vlan.h and additional defines
in vlan_ioctl.c to avoid issues with missing definitions in libc
headers.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Due to both <netinet/in.h> (in "utils/includes.h") and <linux/in6.h> (in
<linux/if_bridge.h>) being included, the in6_addr is being redefined:
once from the C library headers and once from the Linux kernel headers.
This causes some build failures with for example the musl C library:
In file included from /usr/include/linux/if_bridge.h:18,
from ../src/ap/vlan_init.c:17:
/usr/include/linux/in6.h:32: error: redefinition of 'struct in6_addr'
/usr/include/linux/in6.h:49: error: redefinition of 'struct sockaddr_in6'
/usr/include/linux/in6.h:59: error: redefinition of 'struct ipv6_mreq'
Mixing C library and Linux kernel headers is a bit problematic [1] and
should be avoided if possible [2]. In order to fix this, define just the
macros needed from <linux/if_bridge.h> as done in Busybox for the brctl
applet [3].
[1] https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=15850
[2] http://www.openwall.com/lists/musl/2015/10/06/1
[3] https://git.busybox.net/busybox/commit/?id=5fa6d1a632505789409a2ba6cf8e112529f9db18
Signed-off-by: Jörg Krause <joerg.krause@embedded.rocks>
With this, vlan_init.c does not need any special header files anymore
and vlan_ifconfig.c does not need hostapd-specific header files that
might conflict with net/if.h on NetBSD.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Move the ioctl-based VLAN implementation to a separate file to avoid
need for conditional blocks within vlan_ioctl.c. This removes the
internal CONFIG_VLAN_NETLINK define, i.e., this is now used only in
build configuration (.config) to select whether to include the
vlan_util.c (netlink) or vlan_ioctl.c (ioctl) implementation of the
functions.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
caddr_t is legacy BSD and should be avoided [1]. While glibc may still
use __caddr_t as the type, Linux kernel does not (it is "void __user *
ifru_data").
This fixes compile errors with the musl libc:
../src/ap/vlan_init.c: In function 'br_delif':
../src/ap/vlan_init.c:218:18: error: '__caddr_t' undeclared (first use in this function)
ifr.ifr_data = (__caddr_t) args;
[1] http://stackoverflow.com/questions/6381526/what-is-the-significance-of-caddr-t-and-when-is-it-used
Signed-off-by: Jörg Krause <joerg.krause@embedded.rocks>
cfg80211 reports a deauth/disassoc event when internally clearing
connection with the previous BSS. Ignore that event to allow the new
connect command to complete.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This makes it easier for drivers that use the Connect command instead of
separate Auth+Assoc commands to determine when to use reassociation
instead of association. Matching changes are still needed in cfg80211 to
allow this parameter to be used, but it is safe for wpa_supplicant to
start including this attribute now since it will be ignored by older
cfg80211 versions.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
pmksa->pmk or pmksa->pmkid cannot be NULL since they are arrays. Remove
the unnecessary NULL checks and use the provided pmksa pointer directly
to simplify the implementation. (CID 138519)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Interface additions/removals are not guaranteed to be for the driver
listening to the kernel events. As such, send the events to
wpa_supplicant_event_global() which can then pick the correct interface
registered with wpa_supplicant to send the event to.
Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
Commit 1889af2e0f ('VLAN: Separate station
grouping and uplink configuration') added an ap_sta_set_vlan() function
that gets called from pmksa_cache_auth.c. This broke CONFIG_IBSS_RSN=y
build if src/ap/sta_info.c did not get included in the build, i.e., if
CONFIG_AP=y was not set.
Fix this by making the ap_sta_set_vlan() call conditional on
CONFIG_NO_VLAN being undefined and define this for CONFIG_IBSS_RSN=y
builds. This is fine for wpa_supplicant since CONFIG_AP=y case was
already defining this. For hostapd, this function call is not needed for
CONFIG_NO_VLAN case either.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This patch add functionality of mesh SAE PMKSA caching. If the local STA
already has peer's PMKSA entry in the cache, skip SAE authentication and
start AMPE with the cached value.
If the peer does not support PMKSA caching or does not have the local
STA's PMKSA entry in the cache, AMPE will fail and the PMKSA cache entry
of the peer will be removed. Then STA retries with ordinary SAE
authentication.
If the peer does not support PMKSA caching and the local STA uses
no_auto_peer=1, the local STA can not retry SAE authentication because
NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE event cannot start SAE authentication when
no_auto_peer=1. So this patch extends MESH_PEER_ADD command to use
duration(sec). Throughout the duration, the local STA can start SAE
authentication triggered by NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE even though
no_auto_peer=1.
This commit requires commit 70c93963ed
('SAE: Fix PMKID calculation for PMKSA cache'). Without that commit,
chosen PMK comparison will fail.
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
This extends the wpa_supplicant PMKSA_FLUSH control interface command to
allow the PMKSA list from the authenticator side to be flushed for AP
and mesh mode. In addition, this adds a hostapd PMKSA_FLUSH control
interface command to flush the PMKSA entries.
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
This extends the wpa_supplicant PMKSA control interface command to allow
the PMKSA list from the authenticator side to be listed for AP and mesh
mode. In addition, this adds a hostapd PMKSA control interface command
to show the same list for the AP case.
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
This group capability bit was previously added unconditionally which
could result in the P2P Client assuming the functionality is available
even though the GO would always reject the request (not reply to it with
an assigned IP address) during the 4-way handshake.
Fix this by advertising the capability only if the GO configuration
allow IP address assignment to be completed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit 732b1d20ec ('nl80211: Clean up
ifidx properly if interface in a bridge is removed') added
drv->if_indices_reason array similarly to the previously used
drv->if_indices. However, it had a copy-paste error here on the error
path where a reallocation failure after at least one successful
reallocation would result in the drv->if_indices being overridden
instead of restoring drv->if_indices_reason to the old value. Fix this
by setting the correct variable on the error path. (CID 138514)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
SMPS mode is applicable only for HT and including an attribute to
configure it when HT is disabled could result in the AP start operation
failing. Fix this by adding the attribute only in cases where HT is
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Since this function needs to allocate memory, it might fail. Check that
the returned memory pointer is not NULL before trying to parse the
output.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
While this function could return NULL if the parameter issued to it were
NULL, that does not really happen here. Anyway, since this can result in
a warning from a static analyzer that does can see the return NULL
without fully understanding what it means here, check the return value
explicitly against NULL to avoid false warnings.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Since commit cb05808c46 ('nl80211: Generic
Linux master interface support for hostapd'), hostapd is listening for
EAPOL frames on any master which the interface is enslaved under.
This commit allows hostapd to support network hierarchy in which the
interface is enslaved under some master which in turn is enslaved under
a bridge.
Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <qca_dlansky@qca.qualcomm.com>
In scenarios where only DFS channels are available (e.g., outdoor,
special country codes), hostapd must be able to handle situations
where all are unavailable.
The two possibilities to get there are
1) while operating on the last available DFS channel a radar is
detected
2) hostapd is started while all channels are unavailable
In both cases, hostapd instead of terminating should better
wait for the NOPs to pass and re-try operation after the CAC.
This patch provides that feature by using the condition
(iface->state == HAPD_IFACE_DFS && !iface->cac_started)
as NOP mode signature to retry operation from within
hostapd_dfs_nop_finished().
Signed-off-by: Zefir Kurtisi <zefir.kurtisi@neratec.com>
Upon receiving FST setup request on old band, the peer is searched on
new band. The assumption is that MB IE from this peer on new band
previously received either in assoc event or in FST setup request.
There are cases in which above assumption doesn't work, peer is not
found and session setup fails. For example:
- STA connects over 11ac. Due to driver limitation, MB IE is not included
in assoc event
- STA connects over 11ad. MB IE included in assoc event.
- FST session established on 11ac band, with AP as initiator. i.e. FST
setup request sent in AP=>STA direction. STA searches for peer's (AP)
MB IE on 11ad band which exists.
- FST switch occur
- FST session established on 11ad band, with STA as initiator. i.e. FST
setup request sent in STA=>AP direction. AP searches for peer's (STA)
MB IE on 11ac band which are absent.
For fixing the above, consider also peers without MB IE as candidates in
the search algorithm.
Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <qca_dlansky@qca.qualcomm.com>
In the 60 GHz band, service discovery management frames are sent over
the control PHY and have a smaller maximum frame size (IEEE Std
802.11ad-2012, 21.4.3.2). Fix the code to use sufficiently small
fragment size when operating in the 60 GHz band.
The 60 GHz fragment size (928) is derived from the maximum frame size
for control PHY (1023) and subtracting 48 bytes of header size, and some
spare so we do not reach frames with the absolute maximum size.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add a new 'use_driver_iface_addr' configuration parameter to allow use
of the default interface address generated by the driver on interface
creation. This can be useful when specific MAC addresses were allocated
to the device and we want to use them for multi-BSS operation.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
There is a race condition in which AP might receive the EAPOL-Start
frame (from the just-associated station) before the TX completion of the
Association Response frame. This in turn will cause the EAPOL-Start
frame to get dropped, and potentially failing the connection.
Solve this by saving EAPOL frames from authenticated-but-not-associated
stations, and handling them during the Association Response frame TX
completion processing.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Add UDP support for ctrl_iface:
New config option could be set:
CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE=udp
CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE=udp-remote
CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE=udp6
CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE=udp6-remote
And hostapd_cli usage:
hostapd_cli -i localhost:8877
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
This is preparation for sharing a single implementation for ctrl_iface
functionality in wpa_supplicant and hostapd.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Update the peer WFD IE information based on WFD elements received in
Provision Discovery Response and GO Negotiation Response frames.
Signed-off-by: Avichal Agarwal <avichal.a@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyeong-Chae Lim <kcya.lim@samsung.com>
In case a Probe Request frame is received from a known peer P2P Device,
update the listen channel based on the P2P attributes in the Probe
Request frame. This can be useful for cases where the peer P2P Device
changed its listen channel, and the local P2P device is about to start a
GO Negotiation or invitation signaling with the peer.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Currently, when scan is stuck in the kernel/driver/fw,
the nl80211 driver tries to recover by faking a SCAN_RESULTS flow.
However, the scan is still stuck in the kernel/driver/fw.
To avoid that stuck request, abort it upon scan timeout.
Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
syms is defined only for WPA_TRACE_BFD:
../src/utils/trace.c: In function ‘wpa_trace_deinit’:
../src/utils/trace.c:372:7: error: ‘syms’ undeclared (first use in this function)
free(syms);
^
../src/utils/trace.c:372:7: note: each undeclared identifier is reported only once for each function it appears in
make: *** [../src/utils/trace.o] Error 1
make: *** Waiting for unfinished jobs....
Add appropriate #ifdef.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
When building P2P IE for Probe Request frames in P2P scan, add the
device information attribute if the 60 GHz band is included in the scan,
since this is required by the P2P specification.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
Expose the functions wpas_get_bands() and wpas_freq_to_band() and the
enum wpa_radio_work_band, since they will be needed outside
wpa_supplicant.c.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
STT guards the exchange of FST Action frames with the peer station.
It was observed that sometimes Action frames sending is delayed at
driver/FW layers for few hundreds millisec.
Enlarge the STT to overcome such cases.
Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <qca_dlansky@qca.qualcomm.com>
In case vendor ACS command returns invalid channel or hardware mode,
complete the interface setup with an error code instead of simply
return, so that hostapd can properly clean up the interface setup.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This tells to the server how long we have been trying to transmit the
message so that the actual time of the message generation can be
determined from receive time (ignoring network delays and only at
accuracy of one second).
For interim updates, only value 0 is used since there are no
retransmissions of the same message. For other accounting messages, the
initial attempt goes out with value 0 and the retransmissions, if
needed, show the number of seconds the message has been waiting in the
queue.
Update the Identifier and Authenticator in the messages whenever
updating the Acct-Delay-Time per RFC 2866, 4.1 requirements.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Instead of using the RADIUS client retransmission design with the old
RADIUS message contents for each retry, trigger a completely new interim
accounting update instance more quickly (using the same schedule as
RADIUS message retransmissions) to improve accounting updates in cases
where RADIUS message delivery fails. This allows the server to get up to
date information from the time the "retry" message was sent instead of
the old information from the time the first failed attempt was sent.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
There is no need to maintain two implementations of the functionality.
is_zero_ether_addr() is easier to understand, so use it.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Using rtnl_link_alloc_cache() is expensive as it fills in all configured
links. Using rtnl_link_get_kernel() is much more lightweight.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
When an interface is removed while it was in a bridge, the bridge was
not removed from the local ifidx list.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
As the Linux variant of l2_packet_init() does not use its own_addr
argument and l2_packet_receive() does not filter on destination MAC
address, this needs to be checked in the callback.
If there are multiple BSSes listening for FT RRB packets, all their
BSSIDs need to be local to the bridge interface. As l2_packet_init() is
going to receive all of them going for any local address, those RRB
messages started turning up on BSSes that were not destinated for and
cluttering logs.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
If the AP is slow, passphrase hashing takes too long to serve the client
before timeout. Extend the Tunnel-Password design to allow a 64
character value to be interpreted as a PSK and send SSID to RADIUS
server. This allows the RADIUS server to either take care of passphrase
hashing or to use raw PSK without such hashing.
This is especially important for FT-PSK with FT-over-air, where hashing
cannot be deferred.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
Instead of copying the full struct hostapd_sta_wpa_psk_short, share the
existing entry and use reference counting to check when it needs to be
freed. This allows caching of PSKs derived from passphrases to avoid
having to perform the heavy hashing operation multiple times.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
Hashing takes quite some time (can be about one second on a low-power
CPU for each passphrase provided), so hostapd can easily hit the 900 ms
Wi-Fi client authentication deadline (mac80211 uses 3x 300 ms). This can
be fixed by storing the passphrase instead of PSK with the STA and defer
the hashing into the WPA/RSN 4-way handshake, when enumerating all PSKs.
This applies for the case where a RADIUS server is used to store the
per-STA passphrases and this passphrase is delivered as part of the MAC
ACL check during IEEE 802.11 Authentication frame processing.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
The VLAN ifname is limited to the maximum length of IFNAMSIZ, so there
is no need to use heap allocation for it.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
r1_key_holder is an identifier that was always set to zero if unless
configured before.
See 11.6.1.7.4 of IEEE Std 802.11-2012 which reads
"R1KH-ID is a MAC address of the holder of the PMK-R1 in the
Authenticator of the AP"
See 12.2.2 of IEEE Std 802.11-2012 which reads
"Each R0KH-ID and R1KH-ID is assumed to be expressed as a unique
identifier within the mobility domain."
"The R1KH-ID shall be set to a MAC address of the physical entity
that stores the PMK-R1 ..."
Defaulting this to BSSID is a more reasonable value since we have not
rejected the missing r1_key_holder as invalid configuration.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
A malicious station could try to do FT-over-DS with a non WPA-enabled
BSS. When this BSS is located in the same hostapd instance, internal RRB
delivery will be used and thus the FT Action Frame will be processed by
a non-WPA enabled BSS. This processing used to crash hostapd as
hapd->wpa_auth is NULL. If the target BSS is on a different hostapd
instance, it will not listen for these packets and thus not crash.
Fix this by checking hapd->wpa_auth before delivery.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
The FT RRB hostapd packets have a length field. For PULL frames, it
counted the bytes starting with nonce and up to the last before pad. For
RESP frames, it counted the bytes starting with nonce and up to the last
before pad except for 2 bytes. For PUSH frames, it counted the bytes
starting with nonce and up to including pad.
As rounding is done with AES encryption, including pad does not make
sense. Not including the last field before pad does not make sense
either. These were broken in the earlier addition of the 2 octet
pairwise field in commit 1b484d60e5 ('FT:
Include pairwise cipher suite in PMK-R0 SA and PMK-R1 SA').
AES encryption is not affected, as rounding hides the differences. The
packets data_length field is not used, so the differences have no effect
there.
This patch changes the constants to match the bytes used, thus excluding
the pad. To validate the changes, look at remainder modulo 8 of the sum
of the size constants and the padding sizes.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
This makes hostapd track Supported Operating Classes information from
the associated STAs. The stored information is available through the STA
control interface command (supp_op_classes row) as a hexdump of the
Supported Operating Classes element starting from the Length field. This
information can be used as input to BSS transition management and
channel switching decisions.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Inside management frame TX status callback, print the TX result where it
was missing. This is useful for debugging management frame drops.
Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <qca_dlansky@qca.qualcomm.com>
This adds parsing of non-preferred channel list on an MBO AP. The
information in (Re)Association Request and WNM Notification Request
frames is parsed to get the initial value and updates from each
associated MBO STA. The parsed information is available through the STA
control interface command non_pref_chan[i] rows.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If the second memory allocation in ieee802_11_send_wnmsleep_resp() were
to fail and ieee80211_11_get_tfs_ie() succeed, the wnmtfs_ie allocation
would not have been freed on the error path.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
While refactoring VLAN comparison into vlan_compare(), it was overlooked
that modifications are needed for tagged VLAN support.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
If WPA2 and MBO are enabled, PMF needs to be enabled in hostapd
configuration. If PMF is optional in the configuration, an MBO STA is
required to negotiate use of PMF.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This makes hostapd parse a received WNM Notification Request frame
subelements and if a WFA MBO cellular data capability subelement is
seen, update the cellular data capability for the STA.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This makes hostapd parse the MBO attribute in (Re)Association Request
frame and track the cellular data capability (mbo_cell_capa=<val> in STA
control interface command).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This removes multiple copies of wpabuf_resize() following by
wpabuf_put_{buf,data}() with the help of two simple helper functions.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add an option to add MBO IE to BSS Transition Management Request frame.
The MBO IE includes the transition reason code, cellular data connection
preference, and, if the disassoc imminent bit is set, it may also
include re-association retry delay. Otherwise, the re-association retry
delay should be set to zero.
The additional BSS_TM_REQ argument uses the following format:
mbo=<reason>:<reassoc delay>:<cell pref>
reason: 0-9
reassoc delay: 0-65535 (seconds; 0 = disabled)
cell pref: 0, 1, 255
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Add MBO IE with AP capability attribute to Beacon, Probe Response, and
(Re)Association Response frames to indicate the AP supports MBO.
Add option to add Association Disallowed attribute to Beacon, Probe
Response, and (Re)Association Response frames. Usage:
SET mbo_assoc_disallow <reason code>
Valid reason code values are between 1-5. Setting the reason code to
0 will remove the Association Disallowed attribute from the MBO IE
and will allow new associations.
MBO functionality is enabled by setting "mbo=1" in the config file.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Add the transition candidate list to BSS Transition Management Response
frame. The candidates preference is set using the regular wpa_supplicant
BSS selection logic. If the BSS transition request is rejected and
updated scan results are not available, the list is not added.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Add a function to derive phy type from frequency and bandwidth
as defined in IEEE Std 802.11ac-2013 Annex C (dot11PHYType).
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Add parsing of MBO IE in BSS Transition Management Request frames. If
the MBO IE includes the association retry delay attribute, do not try to
reconnect to the current BSS until the delay time is over.
If the MBO IE includes the cellular data connection preference attribute
or the transition rejection reason attribute, send a message to upper
layers with the data.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Add definitions for global operating classes. These definitions will be
used to construct supported operating classes information element.
The operating classes definitions used locally for P2P module will be
removed and included in the general operating classes definitions.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Add a helper function to find a certain IE inside IEs buffer by ID and
use this function in several places that implemented similar
functionality locally.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
The recent VLAN changes added an explicit code path that sets vlan_desc
= NULL within ap_sta_set_vlan(). This makes some code analyzers warn
about the debug print that could potentially dereference this pointer.
Silence that warning by verifying the pointer more consistently within
this function.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If the driver supports 64-bit TX/RX byte counters, use them directly.
The old 32-bit counter extension is maintained for backwards
compatibility with older drivers.
For nl80211 driver interface, the newer NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64 and
NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64 attributes are used when available. This
resolves the race vulnerable 32-bit value wrap/overflow. Rework RADIUS
accounting to use these for Acct-Input-Octets, Acct-Input-Gigawords,
Acct-Output-Octets, and Acct-Output-Gigawords, these values are often
used for billing purposes.
Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
Previously, stations were added to the driver only after the
(Re)Association Response frame was acked. In the time period between the
station has acked the (Re)Association Response frame and the time the
station was added to the kernel, the station can already start sending
Data frames, which will be dropped by the hardware/driver. In addition
to the data loss, the driver may ignore NDPs with PM bit set from this
STA.
Fix this by setting/adding the STA with associated flag set to the
driver before the AP sends the (Re)Association Response frame with
status success. If the (Re)Association Response frame wasn't acked,
remove the station from the driver.
Note that setting a station to associated state before the non-AP
station acknowledges the (Re)Association Response frame is not compliant
with the IEEE 802.11 standard that specifically states that a non-AP
station should transition to authenticated/associated state only after
it acknowledged the (Re)Association Response frame. However, this is a
justifiable simplification to work around the issue described above since
1. The station will be removed in case it does not acknowledge the
(Re)Association Response frame.
2. All Data frames would be dropped until the station is set to
authorized state and there are no known issues with processing the
other Class 3 frames during the short window before the
acknowledgement is seen.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Add support for drivers that support full AP client state, i.e., can
handle adding stations that are not associated yet. For such drivers,
add a station after processing the authentication request, instead of
adding it in the association response callback.
Doing so is beneficial in cases where the driver cannot handle the add
station request, in which case it is useless to perform the complete
connection establishment.
Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
This provides means for determining whether the driver supports full AP
station state and setting the needed STA flags for using this
functionality.
Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
Do not use os_random() that uses a low quality PRNG to generate the
anti-clogging token. The construction can be improved upon by replacing
it with a call to os_get_random(), which uses a high quality PRNG. While
the RFC 5931 explictly recommends not to do this ("SHOULD NOT be from a
source of random entropy"), it does still mandate unpredicability ("MUST
be unpredictable"). The anti-clogging token is most unpredictable when
it is taken from a high quality PRNG.
Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
Remove the fallback dependency on os_random() from the code that gets a
valid DFS channel. This is exceptionally unlikely to ever be called as
the call to os_get_random() is unlikely to fail. The intention is to
facilitate future removal of os_random() as it uses a low quality PRNG.
Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
Remove the fallback dependency on os_random() when generating a WPS pin.
This is exceptionally unlikely to ever be called as the call to
os_get_random() is unlikely to fail. The intention is to facilitate
future removal of os_random() as it uses a low quality PRNG.
Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
Do not use the system clock or os_random() that uses a low quality PRNG
as part of the pseudo-random challenge in auth_shared_key(). The
construction can be improved upon by replacing it with a call to
os_get_random(), which uses a high quality PRNG.
Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
Previously, only mesh Action frames from BLOCKED STA were dropped.
Extend that to drop Authentication frames as well.
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
The SAE PMKID is calculated with IEEE Std 802.11-2012 11.3.5.4, but the
PMKID was re-calculated with 11.6.1.3 and saved into PMKSA cache. Fix
this to save the PMKID calculated with 11.3.5.4 into the PMKSA cache.
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
Ensure that characters are represented as unsigned char when using
isblank() and isspace(). These function take in a "int c" argument, but
it needs to be unsigned for the cases where EOF is not indicated.
Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
Shuffle includes above system ones so to fix a compile issue
on NetBSD where the if_type #define from <net/if.h>
conflicts with the wpa_driver_if_type enum.
Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
Shuffle wpa_supplicant includes above system ones so that
to fix a compile problem on NetBSD where if_type #define
conflicts with the wpa_driver_if_type enum.
Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
While most C libraries print "(null)" when NULL is used as an argument
to printf format string %s, this is not really necessary to print here,
so move the debug print to be after the NULL check.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows the stations to be assigned to their own vif. It does not
need dynamic_vlan to be set. Make hostapd call ap_sta_set_vlan even if
!vlan_desc.notempty, so vlan_id can be assigned regardless.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
This makes vlan_newlink() and vlan_dellink() add tagged VLANs to AP_VLAN
interfaces as given by struct vlan_description.
hostapd_vlan_if_remove() is done in vlan_dellink() as tagged interfaces
need to be removed before the interface can be deleted and a DELLINK
message can be generated.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
To prepare for adding tagged VLAN support in vlan_init.c, vlan_newlink()
and vlan_dellink() are split into multiple functions. This reduces
indention and eases adding tagged VLANs as well.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
1. Add tagged VLAN to struct vlan_description
(compile limited number of tagged VLANs per description)
For k tagged VLANs, the first k entries in vlan_description.tagged
are used. They are sorted in ascending order. All other entries are
zero. This way os_memcmp() can find identical configurations.
2. Let tagged VLANs be parsed from RADIUS Access-Accept
3. Print VLAN %d+ with %d=untagged VID if tagged VLANs are set
4. Select an unused vlan_id > 4096 for new tagged VLAN configurations
5. Add EGRESS_VLAN RADIUS attribute parsing also for untagged VLANs
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
Separate uplink configuration (IEEE 802.1q VID) and grouping of stations
into AP_VLAN interfaces.
The int vlan_id will continue to identify the AP_VLAN interface the
station should be assigned to. Each AP_VLAN interface corresponds to an
instance of struct hostapd_vlan that is uniquely identified by int
vlan_id within an BSS.
New: Each station and struct hostapd_vlan holds a struct
vlan_description vlan_desc member that describes the uplink
configuration requested. Currently this is just an int untagged IEEE
802.1q VID, but can be extended to tagged VLANs and other settings
easily.
When the station was about to be assigned its vlan_id, vlan_desc and
vlan_id will now be set simultaneously by ap_sta_set_vlan(). So
sta->vlan_id can still be tested for whether the station needs to be
moved to an AP_VLAN interface.
To ease addition of tagged VLAN support, a member notempty is added to
struct vlan_description. Is is set to 1 if an untagged or tagged VLAN
assignment is requested and needs to be validated. The inverted form
allows os_zalloc() to initialize an empty description.
Though not depended on by the code, vlan_id assignment ensures:
* vlan_id = 0 will continue to mean no AP_VLAN interface
* vlan_id < 4096 will continue to mean vlan_id = untagged vlan id
with no per_sta_vif and no extra tagged vlan.
* vlan_id > 4096 will be used for per_sta_vif and/or tagged vlans.
This way struct wpa_group and drivers API do not need to be changed in
order to implement tagged VLANs or per_sta_vif support.
DYNAMIC_VLAN_* will refer to (struct vlan_description).notempty only,
thus grouping of the stations for per_sta_vif can be used with
DYNAMIC_VLAN_DISABLED, but not with CONFIG_NO_VLAN, as struct
hostapd_vlan is still used to manage AP_VLAN interfaces.
MAX_VLAN_ID will be checked in hostapd_vlan_valid and during setup of
VLAN interfaces and refer to IEEE 802.1q VID. VLAN_ID_WILDCARD will
continue to refer to int vlan_id.
Renaming vlan_id to vlan_desc when type changed from int to struct
vlan_description was avoided when vlan_id was also used in a way that
did not depend on its type (for example, when passed to another
function).
Output of "VLAN ID %d" continues to refer to int vlan_id, while "VLAN
%d" will refer to untagged IEEE 802.1q VID.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
Commit 8bcf8de827 ('OpenSSL: Fix memory
leak in PKCS12 additional certificate parsing') tried to fix a memory
leak in both the 1.0.2(and newer) and 1.0.1 branches of PKCS12 parsing.
However, the 1.0.1 case was not properly tested and freeing of the
certificate after a successful SSL_CTX_add_extra_chain_cert() call
resulted in use of freed memory when going through the TLS handshake.
Fix this by not freeing the certificate in that specific case.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Ciuple of the nonce comparisons used a strange '!os_memcmp() == 0' to
check if the values were different. While this resulted in correct
behavior, the construction is not exactly clear and clang has started
warning about this (-Wlogical-not-parentheses). Clean this up by using
'os_mecmp() != 0'.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The additional PKCS12 certificates were not freed properly in the loop
added in commit de2a7b796d ('OpenSSL: Use
connection certificate chain with PKCS#12 extra certs').
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 5c9a33702f ('OpenSSL: Clean up
crypto_hash_*() to use a single implementation') added a wrapper
function to allow the new OpenSSL API to be used with older OpenSSL
versions. However, the HMAC_CTX_free() wrapper was incorrectly skipping
the call to HMAC_CTX_cleanup() which is still needed to free the
resources OpenSSL allocated internally.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
SSL_library_init() does not work properly after EVP_cleanup() starting
from OpenSSL 1.1.0 pre release 3. The automated library init/deinit
functions in that pre release are supposed to handle all initialization
and deinitialiation, so comment out the explicit calls to these function
with OpenSSL 1.1.0 and newer.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 1eb87ae48d ('OpenSSL: Use
EVP_CIPHER_CTX_new() to work with OpenSSL 1.1.0') started using
EVP_CIPHER_CTX_new() to allocate EVP_CIPHER_CTX from heap instead of
using stack memory. This commit used incorrect EVP_CIPHER_CTX_reset()
function in number of cases when the allocated memory was supposed to be
freed instead of just reset for reuse. Fix this by using
EVP_CIPHER_CTX_free() properly.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
rfkill_init() uses realpath() which allocates memory and that memory was
not freed on the success path.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If SSL_CTX_new(SSLv23_method()) fails, tls_init() error path did not
free the allocated struct tls_data instance.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
PBSS (Personal Basic Service Set) is a new BSS type for DMG
networks. It is similar to infrastructure BSS, having an AP-like
entity called PCP (PBSS Control Point), but it has few differences.
PBSS support is mandatory for IEEE 802.11ad devices.
Add a new "pbss" argument to network block. The argument is used
in the following scenarios:
1. When network has mode=2 (AP), when pbss flag is set will start
as a PCP instead of an AP.
2. When network has mode=0 (station), when pbss flag is set will
connect to PCP instead of AP.
The function wpa_scan_res_match() was modified to match BSS according to
the pbss flag in the network block (wpa_ssid structure). When pbss flag
is set it will match only PCPs, and when it is clear it will match only
APs.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
PBSS (Personal Basic Service Set) is a new BSS type for DMG
networks. It is similar to infrastructure BSS, having an AP-like
entity called PCP (PBSS Control Point), but it has few differences.
PBSS support is mandatory for IEEE 802.11ad devices.
Add a pbss flag to the relevant structures to support starting a PCP and
connecting to a PCP. Implement support in the nl80211 driver by using
the new PBSS flag attribute.
Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
NOTE: kqueue has to be closed and re-build after forking. epoll *should*
do the same, but it seems that wpa_supplicant doesn't need it at least.
I have re-worked a little bit of the epoll code (moved into a similar
kqueue function) so it's trivial to requeue epoll if needed in the
future.
Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
This function can be used to re-build eloop socket tables after forking
for eloop implementations that need this.
Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
When a mesh point reconnects by starting from Authentication frame
sequence, the plink count was not decremented from its last connection.
This resulted in leaking peer link count and causing wpa_supplicant to
reject the connection after max_peer_links (default: 99) reconnects.
This was reproduced by pre-configuring 2 mesh points with mesh
credentials. Boot both mesh points and make sure they connect to each
other. Then in a loop reboot one of the mesh points after it
successfully connects while leaving the other mesh point up and running.
After 99 iterations the supplicant on mesh point that is not rebooting
will reject the connection request from the other mesh point.
Fix this by decrementing num_plinks when freeing a STA entry that is
still in PLINK_ESTAB state.
Signed-off-by: Srinivasa Duvvuri <sduvvuri@chromium.org>
Setting a long off channel wait time for P2P Action frames when
we know we are already on the right channel may cause a delay in
sending the Action frame (because the driver may not be able to
satisfy the request for long wait time until previous off channel
requests are over). This may be crucial for P2P response frames
that must be sent within 100 milliseconds of receiving the request.
Fix this by adjusting P2P Action frame wait times as follows:
1. For GO Negotiation Response frame, shorten the wait time to 100 ms.
This is reasonable because the peer has just sent us the GO
Negotiation Request frame, so it is known to be on the right
channel and is probably ready to send us the GO Negotiation
Confirmation frame without delay.
2. For GO Negotiation Confirmation, P2P Invitation Response, and
Provision Discovery Response frames, there is no need for wait
time at all as this is the last frame in the exchange. So set
the wait time to 50 ms to ensure there is enough time to send the
frame.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
There is no need to maintain three copies of this functionality even if
it is currently implemented as a single function call.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Rework the Acct-Session-Id and Acct-Multi-Session-Id implementation to
give better global and temporal uniqueness. Previously, only 32-bits of
the Acct-Session-Id would contain random data, the other 32-bits would
be incremented. Previously, the Acct-Multi-Session-Id would not use
random data. Switch from two u32 variables to a single u64 for the
Acct-Session-Id and Acct-Multi-Session-Id. Do not increment, this serves
no legitimate purpose. Exclusively use os_get_random() to get quality
random numbers, do not use or mix in the time. Inherently take a
dependency on /dev/urandom working properly therefore. Remove the global
Acct-Session-Id and Acct-Multi-Session-Id values that serve no
legitimate purpose.
Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
These can get allocated within eapol_auth_alloc(), so it is more logical
to free them in eapol_auth_free() instead of ieee802_1x_free_station()
that ends up calling eapol_auth_free().
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Need to include these headers in C++ files for adding a binder interface
to wpa_supplicant. So, fix the following C++ compiler errors in them:
1. Add explicit C-style casts in wpa_buf.h header.
2. Move the nested definition of wpa_driver_scan_ssid in driver.h
outside of wpa_driver_scan_params because it is used in another
structure below.
Signed-off-by: Roshan Pius <rpius@google.com>
Event-Timestamp should be sent for all Accounting-Request packets and
only after the system clock has a sane value, not where there's a value
close to the Unix time epoch.
Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
Calculate the required length needed for the extra ANQP elements added
to GAS response buffer instead of using fixed size and truncating the
response if there was not sufficient space.
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Fix a possible null pointer dereference in tls_parse_pkcs12() when
loading a PKCS#12 file for the server keys and the file includes extra
certificates.
Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
Need to clear the pac pointer for the first error case to avoid freeing
the previous PAC entry if the following entry has an invalid header.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Acct-Authentic is used to indicate how the user was authenticated and as
such, should not be sent in Accounting-On and Accounting-Off.
Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
Per RFC 2866, 5.10, it is invalid to send Acct-Terminate-Cause in
Accounting-On and Accounting-Off (this is included only when
Acct-Status-Type is set to Stop).
Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
Ensure that if it is not possible to configure an allowed 20 MHz
channel pair, hostapd falls back to a single 20 MHz channel.
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eabinader@ocedo.com>
If an interface is removed, zero the remembered ifindex.
Don't try to set properties on the interface when it is removed.
Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
In the Android-specific case, make ca_cert directive parse a
space-separated list of hex-encoded CA certificate aliases following the
"keystores://" prefix. Server certificate validation should succeed as
long as the chain ends with one of them.
Signed-off-by: Rubin Xu <rubinxu@google.com>
Use the interface index from the correct structure according to the
message instead of assuming rtm_index is correct.
Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
Couple of the image info fields were not printed previously in debug
log. Add those to make this more complete.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This makes it easier to debug AP selection issues in case of a invalid
RSN element or use of customer cipher suites that are not supported by
wpa_supplicant.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Number of deployed 80 MHz capable VHT stations that do not support 80+80
and 160 MHz bandwidths seem to misbehave when trying to connect to an AP
that advertises 80+80 or 160 MHz channel bandwidth in the VHT Operation
element. To avoid such issues with deployed devices, modify the design
based on newly proposed IEEE 802.11 standard changes.
This allows poorly implemented VHT 80 MHz stations to connect with the
AP in 80 MHz mode. 80+80 and 160 MHz capable stations need to support
the new workaround mechanism to allow full bandwidth to be used.
However, there are more or less no impacted station with 80+80/160
capability deployed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The called function nl80211_ht_vht_overrides() was not freeing "msg"
resource in error cases.
Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <p.kushwaha@samsung.com>
The PMKSA caching and RSN pre-authentication components were marked as
conditional on IEEE8021X_EAPOL. However, the empty wrappers are needed
also in a case IEEE8021X_EAPOL is defined with CONFIG_NO_WPA.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This makes it easier to follow a debug log from a hostapd process that
manages multiple interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The ap_sta_deauth_cb and ap_sta_disassoc_cb eloop timeouts are used to
clear a disconnecting STA from the kernel driver if the STA did not ACK
the Deauthentication/Disassociation frame from the AP within two
seconds. However, it was possible for a STA to not ACK such a frame,
e.g., when the disconnection happened due to hostapd pruning old
associations from other BSSes and the STA was not on the old channel
anymore. If that same STA then started a new authentication/association
with the BSS, the two second timeout could trigger during this new
association and result in the STA entry getting removed from the kernel.
Fix this by canceling these eloop timeouts when receiving an indication
of a new authentication or association.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
clang started warning about the use of || with constants that came from
PCSC_FUNCS not being enabled in the build. It seems to be easier to just
ifdef this block out completely since that has the same outcome for
builds that do not include PC/SC support.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Use compatibility wrapper functions to allow a single implementation
based on the latest OpenSSL API to be used to implement these functions
instead of having to maintain two conditional implementation based on
the library version.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Use compatibility wrapper functions to allow a single implementation
based on the latest OpenSSL API to be used to implement these functions
instead of having to maintain two conditional implementation based on
the library version.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The changes needed for OpenSSL 1.1.0 had broken this since LibreSSL is
defining OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER in a manner that claims it to be newer
than the current OpenSSL version even though it does not support the
current OpenSSL API.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If the final Phase 2 message needed fragmentation, EAP method decision
was cleared from UNCOND_SUCC or COND_SUCC to FAIL and that resulted in
the authentication failing when the EAP-Success message from the server
got rejected. Fix this by restoring the EAP method decision after
fragmentation.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Now the these functions cannot be made to fail by forcing the memory
allocation fail since the OpenSSL-internal version is used, add
TEST_FAIL check to allow OOM test cases to be converted to use the
TEST_FAIL mechanism without reducing coverage.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The EVP_CIPHER_CTX structure will be made opaque in OpenSSL 1.1.0, so
need to use EVP_CIPHER_CTX_new() with it instead of stack memory. The
design here moves the older OpenSSL versions to use that dynamic
allocation design as well to minimize maintenance effort.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The SSL_CIPHER **cipher argument was marked const in OpenSSL 1.1.0
pre-release 2 similarly to how this is in BoringSSL. Fix build with that
in preparation for supporting OpenSSL 1.1.0.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Free the allocated structure in error cases to remove need for each EAP
method to handle the error cases separately. Each registration function
can simply do "return eap_server_method_register(eap);" in the end of
the function.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Free the allocated structure in error cases to remove need for each EAP
method to handle the error cases separately. Each registration function
can simply do "return eap_peer_method_register(eap);" in the end of the
function.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Create global init to handle socket calls and route messages.
Register each interface inside the global driver so that
routing messages can find the interface based on rtm_ifindex.
Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
We shouldn't use drv->ctx as it always points to the first BSS. When
using FullMAC driver with multi-BSS support it resulted in incorrect
treating nl80211 events. I noticed with with brcmfmac and BCM43602.
Before my change I was getting "disassociated" on a wrong interface:
wlan0-1: STA 78:d6:f0:00:11:22 IEEE 802.11: associated
wlan0-1: STA 78:d6:f0:00:11:22 WPA: pairwise key handshake completed (RSN)
wlan0: STA 78:d6:f0:00:11:22 IEEE 802.11: disassociated
With this patch it works as expected:
wlan0-1: STA 78:d6:f0:00:11:22 IEEE 802.11: associated
wlan0-1: STA 78:d6:f0:00:11:22 WPA: pairwise key handshake completed (RSN)
wlan0-1: STA 78:d6:f0:00:11:22 IEEE 802.11: disassociated
This doesn't apply to hostapd dealing with SoftMAC drivers when handling
AP SME & MLME is done it hostapd not the firmware.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
If wpa_supplicant was first configured with PKCS #12 -based client
certificate chain and then used with another network profile that used a
different certificate chain from a X.509 certificate PEM file instead of
PKCS#12, the extra certificate chain was not reconstructed properly with
older versions of OpenSSL that 1.0.2. This could result in the
authentication failing due to the client certificate chain not being
complete or including incorrect certificates.
Fix this by clearing the extra certificate chain when setting up a new
TLS connection with OpenSSL 1.0.1. This allows OpenSSL to build the
chain using the default mechanism in case the new TLS exchange does not
use PKCS#12.
The following hwsim test case sequence was able to find the issue:
ap_wpa2_eap_tls_pkcs12 ap_wpa2_eap_tls_intermediate_ca_ocsp
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
n_chans can have only values 1, 2, or 4 in this function, so the -1 case
could never be reached. Remove the unreachable case to get rid of static
analyzer warnings.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
chan is set to the result of pointer arithmetic (pointer to an entry in
an array) that can never be NULL. As such, there is no need to check for
it to be non-NULL before deference. Remove this check to avoid
complaints from static analyzers.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Offloading of ACS to the driver changed the design a bit in a way that
iface->current_mode could actually be NULL when the offloaded ACS
mechanism supports band selection in addition to channel selection. This
resulted in a combination that is too complex for static analyzers to
notice. While acs_init() can be called with iface->current_mode == NULL
that is only in the case where WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_ACS_OFFLOAD is in use.
In other words, the actual ACS functions like acs_cleanup() that would
dereference iface->current_mode are not used in such a case.
Get rid of static analyzer warnings by explicitly checking
iface->current_mode in acs_init() for the case where ACS offloading is
not used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This makes it easier to debug issues with old scan results being ignored
during P2P_FIND. A single rx_time would have been fine with
os_gettime(), but with os_get_reltime(), both rx_time and find_start
values are needed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
There was a race condition in how the l2_packet sockets got read that
could result in the same socket (e.g., non-bridge) to process both the
EAP-Success and the immediately following EAPOL-Key msg 1/4 instead of
each frame going in alternative order between the bridge and non-bridge
sockets. This could be hit, e.g., if the wpa_supplicant process did not
have enough CPU to process all the incoming frames without them getting
buffered and both sockets reporting frames simultaneously.
This resulted in the duplicated EAP-Success frame getting delivered
twice for processing and likely also the EAPOL-Key msg 1/4 getting
processed twice. While the latter does not do much harm, the former did
clear the EAP authentication state and could result in issues.
Fix this by extended the l2_packet Linux packet socket workaround for
bridge to check for duplicates against the last two received frames
instead of just the last one.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
It was possible for the packet socket on the bridge interface to receive
own transmitted frames between the bridge and non-bridge sockets
receiving the same incoming frame from a foreign host. This resulted in
the hash checksum validation step failing to notice a duplicate RX due
to the own frame updating the store hash value.
The own frame did get dropping in RX EAPOL processing, but that was too
late to address the issue with duplicate RX. Fix this by dropping own
frames already in l2_packet layer before checking and updating the last
RX hash value.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This function can fail at least in theory, so check its return value
before proceeding. This is mainly helping automated test case coverage
to reach some more error paths.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This was reported to fail with Windows 2012r2 with "Invalid Compound_MAC
in cryptobinding TLV". It turns out that the server decided to go
through inner EAP method (EAP-MSCHAPv2 in the reported case) even when
using PEAP fast-reconnect. This seems to be against the [MS-PEAP]
specification which claims that inner EAP method is not used in such a
case. This resulted in a different CMK being derived by the server (used
the version that used ISK) and wpa_supplicant (used the version where
IPMK|CMK = TK without ISK when using fast-reconnect).
Fix this interop issue by making wpa_supplicant to use the
fast-reconnect version of CMK derivation only when using TLS session
resumption and the server having not initiated inner EAP method before
going through the cryptobinding exchange.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The previous behavior of bursting out all retry attempts of an SD Query
frame during a single search/listen iteration does not look very helpful
in the case where the peer does not ACK the query frame. Since the peer
was found in the search, but is not ACKing frames anymore, it is likely
that it left its listen state and we might as well do something more
useful to burst out a significant number of frames in hopes of seeing
the peer.
Modify the SD Query design during P2P Search to send out only a single
attempt (with likely multiple link-layer retries, if needed) per
search/listen iteration to each peer that has pending SD queries. Once
no more peers with pending queries remain, force another Listen and
Search phase to go through before continuing with the pending SD
queries.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If P2P support is included in wpa_supplicant build (CONFIG_P2P=y), but
P2P functionality is explicitly disabled (e.g., "P2P_SET disabled 1"),
couple of AP management frame processing steps did not check against
hapd->p2p_group being NULL and could end up dereferencing a NULL pointer
if a Probe Request frame or (Re)Association Request frame was received
with a P2P IE in it. Fix this by skipping these steps if hapd->p2p_group
is NULL.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit e6dd8196e5 ('Work around Linux
packet socket regression') forgot to add the l2_packet_init_bridge()
wrapper for l2_packet_pcap.c while updating all the other l2_packet
options. This resulted in wpa_supplicant build failing due to missing
l2_packet_init_bridge() function when using CONFIG_L2_PACKET=pcap in
wpa_supplicant/.config. Fix this by adding the wrapper function.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The new wps_force_{auth,encr}_types parameters can be used in test build
(CONFIG_WPS_TESTING) to force wpa_supplicant to use the specified value
in the Authentication/Encryption Type flags attribute. This can be used
to test AP behavior on various error cases for which there are
workarounds to cover deployed device behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Some deployed implementations seem to advertise incorrect information in
this attribute. A value of 0x1b (WPA2 + WPA + WPAPSK + OPEN, but no
WPA2PSK) has been reported to be used. Add WPA2PSK to the list to avoid
issues with building Credentials that do not use the strongest actually
supported authentication option (that device does support WPA2PSK even
when it does not claim it here).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
It was possible for the Registrar code to generate a Credential with
auth type WPAPSK (i.e., WPA v1) with encr type AES if the Enrollee
claimed support for WPAPSK and not WPA2PSK while the AP was configured
in mixed mode WPAPSK+WPA2PSK regardless of how wpa_pairwise (vs.
rsn_pairwise) was set since encr type was selected from the union of
wpa_pairwise and rsn_pairwise. This could result in the Enrollee
receiving a Credential that it could then not use with the AP.
Fix this by masking the encryption types separately on AP based on the
wpa_pairwise/rsn_pairwise configuration. In the example case described
above, the Credential would get auth=WPAPSK encr=TKIP instead of
auth=WPAPSK encr=AES.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This makes it somewhat easier for the station to be able to receive and
process the encrypted WNM-Notification frames that the AP previously
sentt immediately after receiving EAPOL-Key msg 4/4. While the station
is supposed to have the TK configured for receive before sending out
EAPOL-Key msg 4/4, not many actual implementations do that. As such,
there is a race condition in being able to configure the key at the
station and the AP sending out the first encrypted frame after EAPOL-Key
4/4. The extra 100 ms time here makes it more likely for the station to
have managed to configure the key in time.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add SSL_SESSION_get_master_key() compatibility wrapper for older OpenSSL
versions to be able to use the new openssl_tls_prf() implementation for
OpenSSL 1.1.0 with all supported versions.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
SSL_get_client_random() and SSL_get_server_random() will be added in
OpenSSL 1.1.0. Provide compatibility wrappers for older versions to
simplify the tls_connection_get_random() implementation.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The OpenSSL project will not support version 1.0.0 anymore. As there
won't be even security fixes for this branch, it is not really safe to
continue using 1.0.0 and we might as well drop support for it to allow
cleaning up the conditional source code blocks.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The OpenSSL project will not support version 0.9.8 anymore. As there
won't be even security fixes for this branch, it is not really safe to
continue using 0.9.8 and we might as well drop support for it to allow
cleaning up the conditional source code blocks.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
It was possible for the p2p->pending_listen_freq to be left indicating
that there is a pending ROC for a listen operation if a P2P_FIND command
was timed to arrive suitably between a previous Listen operation issuing
a ROC request and the kernel code starting that request. This could
result in the P2P state machine getting stuck unable to continue the
find ("P2P: p2p_listen command pending already").
Fix this by clearing p2p->pending_listen_freq when starting P2P_FIND
command execution.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The new optional group_ssid=<hexdump> argument in the P2PS-PROV-DONE
event can be used to help in identifying the exact group if there have
been multiple groups with the same P2P Interface Address in short period
of time.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
When we receive FST Setup Request when session already exists, the
following validations take place:
1. we drop the frame if needed according to MAC comparison
2. we drop the frame if the session is "not pending", i.e., if FST
Setup Response was already exchanged (sent or received).
There are two issues with the above:
1. MAC comparison is relevant only before the Setup Response exchange.
In other words, Setup Request should not be dropped due to MAC
comparison after Setup Response has been exchanged.
2. Receiving Setup Request after Setup Response exchange most likely
means that FST state machine is out of sync with the peer. Dropping
the Setup Request will not help solve this situation.
The fix is:
1. do MAC comparison only if session is "pending", i.e., Setup Response
was not yet exchanged.
2. In case Setup Response was already exchanged, reset our session and
handle the Setup Request as if it arrived when session doesn't exist.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Explicitly check for the failure event to include a certificate before
trying to build the event.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
While this could in theory be claimed to be ready for something to be
added to read a field following the server_write_IV, it does not look
likely that such a use case would show up. As such, just remove the
unused incrementing of pos at the end of the function to get rid of a
useless static analyzer complaint.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This makes some static analyzers complain about stored value never being
read. While it is good to clear some other temporary variables, this
local variable i has no security private information (it has a fixed
value of 20 here) and trying to clear it to 0 does not add any value.
Remove that part of the "wipe variables" to avoid one useless static
analyzer complaint.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
As a dedicated P2P Device interface does not have a network
interface associated with it, trying to call linux_iface_up()
on it would always fail so this call can be skipped for
such an interface.
Getting interface nlmode can be done only after bss->wdev_id is
set, so move this call to wpa_driver_nl80211_finish_drv_init(),
and do it only in case the nlmode != NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
IEEE Std 802.11-2012 11.3.5.4 specifies the PMKID for SAE-derived keys
as:
L((commit-scalar + peer-commit-scalar) mod r, 0, 128)
This is already calculated in the SAE code when the PMK is derived, but
not saved anywhere. Later, when generating the PMKID for plink action
frames, the definition for PMKID from 11.6.1.3 is incorrectly used.
Correct this by saving the PMKID when the key is generated and use it
subsequently.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Since hostapd supports ACS now, let's enable its support in
wpa_supplicant as well when starting AP mode.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
[u.oelmann@pengutronix.de: rebased series from hostap_2_1~944 to master]
[u.oelmann@pengutronix.de: adjusted added text in defconfig]
Signed-off-by: Ulrich Ölmann <u.oelmann@pengutronix.de>
Let's reuse hostapd code for such handling. This will be useful to get
ACS support into wpa_supplicant where this one needs to handle the
survey event so it fills in the result ACS subsystem will require.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
[u.oelmann@pengutronix.de: rebased series from hostap_2_1~944 to master]
Signed-off-by: Ulrich Ölmann <u.oelmann@pengutronix.de>
The data->state == WAIT_FRAG_ACK case is already handling all cases
where data->out_buf could be non-NULL, so this additional check after
the WAIT_FRAG_ACK steps cannot be reached. Remove the duplicated dead
code.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Previously, a fixed 1300 fragment_size was hardcoded. Now the EAP
profile parameter fragment_size can be used to override this.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This allows RADIUS failover to be performed if send() return EACCES
error which is what happens after a recent Linux kernel commit
0315e382704817b279e5693dca8ab9d89aa20b3f ('net: Fix behaviour of
unreachable, blackhole and prohibit') for a local sender when route type
is prohibit.
This fixes the hwsim test case radius_failover when running against a
kernel build that includes that commit.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit 986de33d5c ('Convert remaining SSID
routines from char* to u8*') started using wpa_ssid_txt() to print out
the SSID for the Called-Station-Id attribute in RADIUS messages. This
was further modified by commit 6bc1f95613
('Use printf escaping in SSID-to-printable-string conversion') to use
printf escaping (though, even without this, wpa_ssid_txt() would have
masked characters).
This is not desired for Called-Station-Id attribute. While it is defined
as a "String", RFC 2865 indicates that "a robust implementation SHOULD
support the field as undistinguished octets.".
Copy the SSID as an array of arbitrary octets into Called-Station-Id to
avoid any kind of masking or escaping behavior. This goes a step further
from the initial implementation by allowing even the possible (but
unlikely in practical use cases) 0x00 octet in the middle of an SSID.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This extends multi-OCSP support to verify status for intermediate CAs in
the server certificate chain.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
ocsp=3 extends ocsp=2 by require all not-trusted certificates in the
server certificate chain to receive a good OCSP status. This requires
support for ocsp_multi (RFC 6961). This commit is only adding the
configuration value, but all the currently included TLS library wrappers
are rejecting this as unsupported for now.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This adds a minimal support for using status_request_v2 extension and
ocsp_multi format (OCSPResponseList instead of OCSPResponse) for
CertificateStatus. This commit does not yet extend use of OCSP stapling
to validate the intermediate CA certificates.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows hostapd with the internal TLS server implementation to
support the extended OCSP stapling mechanism with multiple responses
(ocsp_stapling_response_multi).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This adds a new hostapd configuration parameter
ocsp_stapling_response_multi that can be used similarly to the existing
ocsp_stapling_response, but for the purpose of providing multiple cached
OCSP responses. This commit adds only the configuration parameter, but
does not yet add support for this mechanism with any of the supported
TLS implementations.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This adds support for hostapd-as-authentication-server to be build with
the internal TLS implementation and OCSP stapling server side support.
This is more or less identical to the design used with OpenSSL, i.e.,
the cached response is read from the ocsp_stapling_response=<file> and
sent as a response if the client requests it during the TLS handshake.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This adds support for hostapd-as-authentication-server to be build
against GnuTLS with OCSP stapling server side support. This is more or
less identical to the design used with OpenSSL, i.e., the cached
response is read from the ocsp_stapling_response=<file> and sent as a
response if the client requests it during the TLS handshake.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This message is sent at MSG_INFO level and it is supposed to go out even
even debug messages were to be removed from the build. As such, use
wpa_msg() instead of wpa_dbg() for it.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This error case in own buffer lengths being too short was not handled
properly. While this should not really happen since the wpabuf
allocation is made large for the fixed cases that are currently
supported, better make eap_eke_prot() safer if this functionally ever
gets extended with a longer buffer need.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Previously, the five second timeout was added at the beginning of the
full GAS query and it was not replenished during fragmented exchanges.
This could result in timing out a query if it takes significant time to
go through the possibly multiple fragments and long comeback delay.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Instead of using default list of methods, reject a configuration with an
unsupported EAP method at the time the main TLS method is being
initialized.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
When AES-WRAP was used to protect the EAPOL-Key Key Data field, this was
decrypted using a temporary heap buffer with aes_unwrap(). That buffer
was not explicitly cleared, so it was possible for the group keys to
remain in memory unnecessarily until the allocated area was reused.
Clean this up by clearing the temporary allocation explicitly before
freeing it.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
IPMK and CMK are derived from TK when using TLS session resumption with
PEAPv0 crypto binding. The EAP-PEAP peer implementation already
supported this, but the server side did not.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
eap_peap_parse_phase1() returned 0 unconditionally, so there was no need
for that return value or the code path that tried to address the error
case.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
On systems that have multiple WLAN rfkill instances, the rfkill code
can become confused into thinking that the device was unblocked when
in fact it wasn't, because it only matches on the WLAN type.
Since it then stores the new (unblocked) state from the wrong rfkill
instance, it will never retry the failing IFF_UP operation and the
user has to toggle rfkill again, or otherwise intervene manually, in
this case to get back to operational state.
Fix this by using the existing (but unused) ifname argument when the
rfkill instance is created to match to a specific rfkill index only.
As a P2P Device interface does not have a netdev interface associated
with it, use the name of a sibling interface to initialize the rfkill
context for the P2P Device interface. For nl80211, as the wiphy index
is known only after getting the driver capabilities from the kernel,
move the initialization of the rfkill object to
wpa_driver_nl80211_finish_drv_init().
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
The rfkill processing in nl80211 driver assumes that the
INTERFACE_ENABLED/DISABLED will be also issued, so does not do much in
the rfkill callbacks. However, as a P2P Device interface is not
associated with a network interface, these events are not issued for it.
Handle rfkill events for the P2P_DEVICE interface by faking the
INTERFACE_ENABLED/DISABLED.
Signed-off-by: Moshe Benji <Moshe.Benji@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
The Setup Response timer is relatively fast (500 ms) and there are
instances where it fires on the responder side after the initiator has
already sent out the TDLS Setup Confirm frame. Prevent the processing of
this stale TDLS Setup Response frame on the initiator side.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Fix mostly theoretical NULL pointer dereference in
wpa_debug_open_linux_tracing() if /proc/mounts were to return a
malformed line.
Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
This patch fixes an issue with an invalid phase2 parameter value
auth=MSCHAPv2 getting interpreted as auth=MSCHAP (v1) which could
degrade security (though, only within a protected TLS tunnel). Now when
invalid or unsupported auth= phase2 parameter combinations are
specified, EAP-TTLS initialization throws an error instead of silently
doing something.
More then one auth= phase2 type cannot be specified and also both auth= and
autheap= options cannot be specified.
Parsing phase2 type is case sensitive (as in other EAP parts), so phase2
parameter auth=MSCHAPv2 is invalid. Only auth=MSCHAPV2 is correct.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
[Use cstr_token() to get rid of unnecessary allocation; cleanup]
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
There are two types of memory processing functions in the file
atheros_driver.c, such as memory and os_memory. Unify the processing
functions into one type which has the prefix "os_".
Signed-off-by: Matt Woods <matt.woods@aliyun.com>
This adds a CTRL-EVENT-EAP-TLS-CERT-ERROR and CTRL-EVENT-EAP-STATUS
messages with 'bad certificate status response' for cases where no valid
OCSP response was received, but the network profile requires OCSP to be
used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This completes OCSP stapling support on the TLS client side. Each
SingleResponse value is iterated until a response matching the server
certificate is found. The validity time of the SingleResponse is
verified and certStatus good/revoked is reported if all validation step
succeed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This adds the next step in completing TLS client support for OCSP
stapling. The BasicOCSPResponse is parsed, a signing certificate is
found, and the signature is verified. The actual sequence of OCSP
responses (SignleResponse) is not yet processed in this commit.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This adds the next step for OCSP stapling. The received OCSPResponse is
parsed to get the BasicOCSPResponse. This commit does not yet process
the BasicOCSPResponse.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This allows the internal TLS client implementation to accept
CertificateStatus message from the server when trying to use OCSP
stapling. The actual OCSPResponse is not yet processed in this commit,
but the CertificateStatus message is accepted to allow the TLS handshake
to continue.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This allows the internal TLS implementation to request server
certificate status using OCSP stapling. This commit is only adding code
to add the request. The response is not yet used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This prints the received ServerHello extensions into the debug log and
allows handshake to continue even if such extensions are included.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This allows the internal TLS implementation to parse a private key and a
certificate from a PKCS #12 file protected with
pbeWithSHAAnd3-KeyTripleDES-CBC.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This adds support for decrypting private keys protected with the old
PKCS #12 mechanism using OID pbeWithSHAAnd3-KeyTripleDES-CBC.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This adds support for optional functionality to validate server
certificate chain in TLS-based EAP methods in an external program.
wpa_supplicant control interface is used to indicate when such
validation is needed and what the result of the external validation is.
This external validation can extend or replace the internal validation.
When ca_cert or ca_path parameter is set, the internal validation is
used. If these parameters are omitted, only the external validation is
used. It needs to be understood that leaving those parameters out will
disable most of the validation steps done with the TLS library and that
configuration is not really recommend.
By default, the external validation is not used. It can be enabled by
addingtls_ext_cert_check=1 into the network profile phase1 parameter.
When enabled, external validation is required through the CTRL-REQ/RSP
mechanism similarly to other EAP authentication parameters through the
control interface.
The request to perform external validation is indicated by the following
event:
CTRL-REQ-EXT_CERT_CHECK-<id>:External server certificate validation needed for SSID <ssid>
Before that event, the server certificate chain is provided with the
CTRL-EVENT-EAP-PEER-CERT events that include the cert=<hexdump>
parameter. depth=# indicates which certificate is in question (0 for the
server certificate, 1 for its issues, and so on).
The result of the external validation is provided with the following
command:
CTRL-RSP-EXT_CERT_CHECK-<id>:<good|bad>
It should be noted that this is currently enabled only for OpenSSL (and
BoringSSL/LibreSSL). Due to the constraints in the library API, the
validation result from external processing cannot be reported cleanly
with TLS alert. In other words, if the external validation reject the
server certificate chain, the pending TLS handshake is terminated
without sending more messages to the server.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Do not override the parsing error with the "PAC block not terminated
with END" message if the reason for the END line not yet being seen is
in failure to parse an earlier line.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
It was possible to hit a NULL pointer dereference if Session-Id
derivation failed due to a memory allocation failure.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The EVP_MD_CTX and HMAC_CTX definitions are now hidden from applications
using OpenSSL. Fix compilation issues with OpenSSL 1.1.x-pre1 by using
the new API for allocating these structures.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This FTIE needs to be an exact copy of the one in (Re)Association
Response frame. Copy the stored element rather than building a new copy
that would not have the correct MIC value. This is needed to fix PTK
rekeying after FT protocol run.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The FTIE from (Re)Association Response frame was copied before
calculating the MIC. This resulted in incorrect value being used when
comparing the EAPOL-Key msg 2/4 value in case PTK rekeying was used
after FT protocol run. Fix this by storing the element after the MIC
field has been filled in.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
wpa_insert_pmkid() did not support cases where the original RSN IE
included any PMKIDs. That case can happen when PTK rekeying through
4-way handshake is used after FT protocol run. Such a 4-way handshake
used to fail with wpa_supplicant being unable to build the EAPOL-Key msg
2/4.
Fix this by extending wpa_insert_pmkid() to support removal of the old
PMKIDs, if needed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This makes it easier to interpret AP side debug log for a case where a
station specifies in unsupported management group cipher.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The new wpa_supplicant control interface command "TEST_ASSOC_IE
<hexdump>" can now be used to override the WPA/RSN IE for Association
Request frame and following 4-way handshake to allow protocol testing of
AP side processing of WPA/RSN IE.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This extends the internal TLS support for PKCS #5 v2.0 PBES2 private key
format with des-ede3-cbc encryption and PBKDF2 SHA-1.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This adds experimental support for using OCSP with libcurl that is built
against BoringSSL. This needs small modifications to libcurl to allow
CURLOPT_SSL_VERIFYSTATUS to be used to call
SSL_enable_ocsp_stapling(connssl->handle) in ossl_connect_step1().
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This makes it easier to share the OCSP implementation needed for
BoringSSL outside tls_openssl.c. For now, this is mainly for
http_curl.c.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
BoringSSL modified the struct sha_state_st (SHA_CTX) definition by
converting h0..h4 with h[5] array. This broke wpa_supplicant/hostapd
build with EAP-SIM enabled. BoringSSL restored the old version for
ANDROID builds, but only the new version is currently defined for
non-Android cases. For now, fix this by having matching selection in
fips_prf_openssl.c based on OPENSSL_IS_BORINGSSL and ANDROID defines.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
OpenSSL 1.1.x will apparently go out with "SSLeay" renamed in the API to
"OpenSSL", which broke the build here for fetching the version of the
running OpenSSL library when wpa_supplicant/hostapd is built against the
current OpenSSL snapshot.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
These needs to be cancelled so that the kernel driver does not get left
with all old entries blocking other offchannel operations.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows multiple external registrars to execute a WPS protocol run
with a WPS AP over UPnP. Previously, hostapd supported only a single WPS
peer entry at a time and if multiple ERs tried to go through a WPS
protocol instance concurrently, only one such exchange could succeed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add 'scan plans' to driver scan parameters for scheduled scan.
Each 'scan plan' specifies the number of iterations to run the scan
request and the interval between iterations. When a scan plan
finishes (i.e., it was run for the specified number of iterations),
the next scan plan is executed. The last scan plan will run
infinitely.
The maximum number of supported scan plans, the maximum number of
iterations for a single scan plan and the maximum scan interval
are advertised by the driver.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
conn->session_resumed was not set to 1 after successful use of a TLS
session ticket with EAP-FAST. This resulted in the wpa_supplicant STATUS
tls_session_reused showing incorrect value (0 instead of 1) when
EAP-FAST PAC was used. Fix this by setting conn->session_resumed = 1
when TLS handshake using the session ticket succeeds.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit af851914f8 ('Make
tls_connection_get_keyblock_size() internal to tls_*.c') broke
tls_connection_prf() with the internal TLS implementation when using
skip_keyblock=1. In practice, this broke EAP-FAST. Fix this by deriving
the correct number of PRF bytes before skipping the keyblock.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If the server/client certificate includes the extKeyUsage extension,
verify that the listed key purposes include either the
anyExtendedKeyUsage wildcard or id-kp-serverAuth/id-kp-clientAuth,
respectively.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
md4_vector(), md5_vector(), sha1_vector(), and sha256_vector() already
supported TEST_FAIL() with the OpenSSL crypto implementation, but the
same test functionality is needed for the internal crypto implementation
as well.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
It was possible for some NFC DH generation error paths to leak memory
since the old private/public key was not freed if an allocation failed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The internal TLS client implementation in wpa_supplicant can now be used
with the phase2 parameters tls_disable_tlsv1_0=1, tls_disable_tlsv1_1=1,
and tls_disable_tlsv1_2=1 to disable the specified TLS version(s).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This makes it simpler to add support for new TLS_CONN_* flags without
having to add a new configuration function for each flag.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This allows wpa_supplicant to return eap_tls_version STATUS information
when using the internal TLS client implementation.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The internal TLS client implementation can now be used with
ca_cert="probe://" to probe the server certificate chain. This is also
adding the related CTRL-EVENT-EAP-TLS-CERT-ERROR and
CTRL-EVENT-EAP-PEER-CERT events.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This extends the internal TLS client implementation to support signature
algorithms SHA384 and SHA512 in addition to the previously supported
SHA256.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Since we support only SHA256 (and not the default SHA1) with TLS v1.2,
the signature_algorithms extensions needs to be added into ClientHello.
This fixes interop issues with the current version of OpenSSL that uses
the default SHA1 hash if ClientHello does not specify allowed signature
algorithms.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This commit adds support for validating certificates with SHA384 and
SHA512 hashes. Those certificates are now very common so wpa_supplicant
needs support for them.
SHA384 and SHA512 hash functions are included in the previous commit.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
These will be used with the internal TLS implementation to extend hash
algorithm support for new certificates and TLS v1.2.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
This commit adds support for "hash://server/sha256/cert_hash_in_hex"
scheme in ca_cert property for the internal TLS implementation.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
In documentation is written: "If ca_cert and ca_path are not included,
server certificate will not be verified". This is the case when
wpa_supplicant is compiled with OpenSSL library, but when using the
internal TLS implementation and some certificates in CA chain are in
unsupported format (e.g., use SHA384 or SHA512 hash functions) then
verification fails even if ca_cert property is not specified.
This commit changes behavior so that certificate verification in
internal TLS implementation is really skipped when ca_cert is not
specified.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
If init_for_reauth fails, the EAP-SIM peer state was not freed properly.
Use eap_sim_deinit() to make sure all allocations get freed. This could
be hit only if no random data could be derived for NONCE_MT.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This adds the driver interface commands for issuing a request to abort
an ongoing scan operation.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION does not work with the IBSS/mesh BSSID, so clear
the signal strength instead of returning failure when SIGNAL_POLL is
used in an IBSS/mesh.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The new max_oper_chwidth and freq2 arguments to P2P_CONNECT, P2P_INVITE,
and P2P_GROUP_ADD control interface commands can be used to request
larger VHT operating channel bandwidth to be used than the previously
used maximum 80 MHz.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This extends the previous design that covered only the VHT 80 MHz cases
for VHT channel flags. New functions are introduced to allow 160 MHz
bandwidth cases to determine the center channel and check availability
of a 160 MHz channel.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This adds definitions for the global operating classes 129 and 130 for
VHT 80+80 MHz and 160 MHz use cases.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Modify the FST peer connection check so it won't skip peers without MB
IEs making it more permissive for peers that didn't provide MB IEs
during association request. This can be helpful, e.g., in cases where a
STA's interface connected before it was added to the FST group. This
allows the AP to receive FST Action frames and initiate session with a
STA via STA's interface that doesn't expose MB IEs.
The adjusted FST protocol is still safe, as it protects itself in many
other ways (checking band info and it's accordance to the interfaces,
Setup IDs, connection states of the interfaces involved, etc.)
effectively avoiding all types of invalid situations.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The old wpa_supplicant/Makefile target test-eap_sim_common did not work
anymore and anyway, this test is better placed in the newer hwsim
framework to make sure the test case gets executed automatically.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Number of places were calling functions that are not included in
CONFIG_NO_WPA=y build anymore. Comment out such calls. In addition, pull
in SHA1 and MD5 for config_internal.c, if needed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
FST STA should always expose its MB IEs regardless of its connection
state and whether the connected AP is currently FST-enabled or not.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
When built with browser-android.c, hs20-osu-client used to always launch
the native/stock Android browser for OSU user interaction. This browser
is not present in all devices. It is better to give the option to the
user to select his/her browser.
Here the user will be shown a pop up to select the browser that he/she
wants.
Signed-off-by: Somdas Bandyopadhyay <somdas.bandyopadhyay@intel.com>
When an AP interface it created, it is also setup and subscribes
for management frames etc. However, when the interface is added by
wpa_supplicant, setting up for AP operations is redundant because
it will be done by wpa_supplicant on wpa_drv_init() when setting
the interface mode to AP.
In addition, it may cause wpa_supplicant to fail initializing the
interface as it will try to subscribe for management frames on this
interface but the interface is already registered.
Change this, so when adding an AP interface, make setting up the AP
optional, and use it only when the interface is added by hostapd but not
when it is added by wpa_supplicant.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
LibreSSL does not yet support the new API, so do not use it
when LIBRESSL_VERSION_NUMBER macro is defined.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behun <kabel@blackhole.sk>
When an AP is started on the 5.2 GHz band with 40 MHz bandwidth, a
scan is issued in order to handle 20/40 MHz coexistence. However,
the scan is issued even if iface->conf->no_pri_sec_switch is set,
which is redundant.
Fix this by checking iface->conf->no_pri_sec_switch before starting
the scan.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
The de-authentication flow in wpa_driver_nl80211_deauthenticate() can
result in a locally generated de-authentication event. To avoid getting
this extra event ignore_next_local_deauth flag is set, and should be
cleared when the next local deauth event is received. However, it is not
cleared when the event shows up after the wpa_supplicant has started a
connection with a new AP, and as a result it might ignore future
deauth event from the driver.
Fix this by clearing the flag if the event is locally generated.
Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
The authentication flow in wpa_driver_nl80211_authenticate() can
result in a locally generated de-authentication, in which both
next_local_deauth and ignore_next_local_deauth are set.
However, in mlme_event_deauth_disassoc(), when ignore_deauth_event is
set, the flag is cleared, but the flow immediately returns leaving
ignore_next_local_deauth set, which can result in ignoring future deauth
event from the driver, leaving the wpa_supplicant in an inconsistent
state.
Fix this by clearing both flags in case that next_local_deauth is set.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
This allows offloaded roaming to inform user space of the change in IP
subnet post roaming. The device may have roamed to a network which is in
a different subnet which will result in IP connectivity loss. Indicating
the change in subnet enables the user space to refresh the IP address or
to perform IP subnet validation if unknown status is indicated.
The driver indication is reported with a new event from wpa_supplicant
in the following format:
CTRL-EVENT-SUBNET-STATUS-UPDATE status=<0/1/2>
where
0 = unknown
1 = IP subnet unchanged (can continue to use the old IP address)
2 = IP subnet changed (need to get a new IP address)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The EAP peer state machine moved from IDLE to FAILURE state when the
EAPOL Authenticator triggered reauthentication with an
EAP-Request/Identity in a case where the associated started with FT
protocol or offloaded PMKSA cache use (4-way handshake using a
previously acquired PMK). This happened due to the altSuccess=TRUE
setting being left behind and not cleared when processing the restart of
authentication. Fix this by clearing altAccept and eapSuccess when going
through SUPP_PAE RESTART state.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The EAPOL AUTH_PAE state machine was left in incomplete state at the
completion of FT protocol. Set portValid = TRUE to allow the state
machine to proceed from AUTHENTICATING to AUTHENTICATED state, so that a
new EAPOL reauthentication can be triggered.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If a memory allocation fails while parsing driver capabilities, drop all
mode/channel/rate information instead of returning possibly partial
information.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Now hostapd will use station MAC-based permissions according to the
macaddr_acl policy also for drivers which use AP SME offload, but do not
support NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL for offloading MAC ACL processing. It
should be noted that in this type of case the association goes through
and the station gets disconnected immediately after that.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
wpa_sm_key_mgmt_set_pmk() was checking for proactive_key_caching to be
enabled before setting the PMK to the driver. This check is not required
and would mandate configuration setting of okc or proactive_key_caching
for cases which were not necessary.
Signed-off-by: Amarnath Hullur Subramanyam <amarnath@qca.qualcomm.com>
The new attribute can be used with
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_KEY_MGMT_ROAM_AUTH to indicate whether the IP
subnet was detected to have changed when processing offloaded roam/key
management.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If the Confirm message is received from the server before the Identity
exchange has been completed, the group has not yet been determined and
data->grp is NULL. The error path in eap_pwd_perform_confirm_exchange()
did not take this corner case into account and could end up
dereferencing a NULL pointer and terminating the process if invalid
message sequence is received. (CVE-2015-5316)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
All but the last fragment had their length checked against the remaining
room in the reassembly buffer. This allowed a suitably constructed last
fragment frame to try to add extra data that would go beyond the buffer.
The length validation code in wpabuf_put_data() prevents an actual
buffer write overflow from occurring, but this results in process
termination. (CVE-2015-5314)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
All but the last fragment had their length checked against the remaining
room in the reassembly buffer. This allowed a suitably constructed last
fragment frame to try to add extra data that would go beyond the buffer.
The length validation code in wpabuf_put_data() prevents an actual
buffer write overflow from occurring, but this results in process
termination. (CVE-2015-5315)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Using "STATUS" command triggers CTRL-EVENT-STATE-CHANGE and
CTRL-EVENT-CONNECTED (if connected to some AP) events. These events
cause problems in Android WifiStateMachine in Marshmallow. Due to these
events WifiStateMachine sometimes disconnects the OSU SSID connection,
while hs20-osu-client waits for IP address.
Signed-off-by: Somdas Bandyopadhyay <somdas.bandyopadhyay@intel.com>
Some APs may send RSC octets in EAPOL-Key message 3 of 4-Way Handshake
or in EAPOL-Key message 1 of Group Key Handshake in the opposite byte
order (or by some other corrupted way). Thus, after a successful
EAPOL-Key exchange the TSC values of received multicast packets, such as
DHCP, don't match the RSC one and as a result these packets are dropped
on replay attack TSC verification. An example of such AP is Sapido
RB-1732.
Work around this by setting RSC octets to 0 on GTK installation if the
AP RSC value is identified as a potentially having the byte order issue.
This may open a short window during which older (but valid)
group-addressed frames could be replayed. However, the local receive
counter will be updated on the first received group-addressed frame and
the workaround is enabled only if the common invalid cases are detected,
so this workaround is acceptable as not decreasing security
significantly. The wpa_rsc_relaxation global configuration property
allows the GTK RSC workaround to be disabled if it's not needed.
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
While this is not part of RFC 4137, the way m.check(eapReqData) is
implemented in wpa_supplicant allows an EAP method to not update the
ignore value even though each such call is really supposed to get a new
response. It seems to be possible to hit a sequence where a previous EAP
authentication attempt terminates with sm->ignore set from the last
m.check() call and the following EAP authentication attempt could fail
to go through the expected code path if it does not clear the ignore
flag. This is likely only hit in some error cases, though. The hwsim
test cases could trigger this with the following sequence:
eap_proto_ikev2 ap_wps_m1_oom
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
When using CONFIG_TLS=internal and starting hostapd with multiple
configuration files that each initialize TLS server, the server
certificate and related data was not freed for all the interfaces on
exit path. Fix this by freeing the credential data that is stored
separately for each call to tls_init().
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Expire pending DB request for EAP-SIM/AKA/AKA'. Timeout defaults to 1
second and is user configurable in hostapd.conf (eap_sim_db_timeout).
Signed-off-by: Frederic Leroy <frederic.leroy@b-com.com>
This extends ieee80211_freq_to_channel_ext() with knowledge of the
operating classes for the 5 GHz channels 100..140.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Provide information on whether EAPOL-Key frame was sent successfully to
kernel for transmittion. wpa_eapol_key_send() will return
>= 0 on success and < 0 on failure. After receiving EAPOL-Key msg 3/4,
wpa_supplicant sends EAPOL-Key msg 4/4 and shows CTRL-EVENT-CONNECTED
only after verifying that the msg 4/4 was sent to kernel for
transmission successfully.
Signed-off-by: Avichal Agarwal <avichal.a@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyeong-Chae Lim <kcya.lim@samsung.com>
When multiple interfaces across mutiple radios are started using a
single instance of hostapd, they all come up at different times
depending upon how long the ACS and HT scan take on each radio. This
will result in stations (that already have the AP profile) associating
with the first interfaces that comes up. For example in a dual band
radio case (2G and 5G) with ACS enabled, 2G always comes up first
because the ACS scan takes less time on 2G and this results in all
stations associating with the 2G interface first.
This feature brings up all the interfaces at the same time. The list of
interfaces specified via hostapd.conf files on the command line are all
marked as sync interfaces. All the interfaces are synchronized in
hostapd_setup_interface_complete().
This feature is turned on with '-S' commmand line option.
Signed-off-by: Srinivasa Duvvuri <sduvvuri@chromium.org>
Assign nl80211vendor commands QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_OTA_TEST and
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SET_TXPOWER_SCALE as well as corresponding
attributes.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
P2P device discovery can add peer entries based on a message directly
from a peer and from a Probe Response frame from a GO for all the P2P
Clients in the group. The former case for filtering out control
characters from the device name while the latter was not. Make this
consistent and filter both cases in the same way to avoid confusing
external programs using the device name of a P2P peer.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
There is no point in sending TPK M3 (TDLS Setup Confirm) with a failure
status if the first transmission attempt fails. Instead, just return a
failure by disabling the link rather than retransmitting the TPK M3
frame with an error status.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
hmac_sha256_kdf() got pulled in only if CONFIG_ERP=y is set. Fix
test_sha256() by making the test case conditional on the function being
present.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
wpa_debug_reopen_file() used to write an error message at MSG_ERROR
level if it was called with last_path == NULL (the last debug log file
path not known). This is not a fatal error, but a normal case if
wpa_debug_open_file() has not been used. Remove the error message and
return success in such case.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Linux packet socket workaround(*) has an impact in performance when the
workaround socket needs to be kept open to receive EAPOL frames. While
this is normally avoided with a kernel that has the issue addressed by
closing the workaround packet socket when detecting a frame through the
main socket, it is possible for that mechanism to not be sufficient,
e.g., when an open network connection (no EAPOL frames) is used.
Add a build option (CONFIG_NO_LINUX_PACKET_SOCKET_WAR=y) to disable the
workaround. This build option is disabled by default and can be enabled
explicitly on distributions which have an older kernel or a fix for the
kernel regression.
Also remove the unused variable num_rx.
(*) Linux kernel commit 576eb62598f10c8c7fd75703fe89010cdcfff596
('bridge: respect RFC2863 operational state') from 2012 introduced a
regression for using wpa_supplicant with EAPOL frames and a station
interface in a bridge.
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reorder terms in a way that no invalid pointers are generated with
pos+len operations. end-pos is always defined (with a valid pos pointer)
while pos+len could end up pointing beyond the end pointer which would
be undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
hmac_sha256() and hmac_sha256_vector() return a result code now, so use
that return value to terminate HMAC-SHA256-based GKDF/MIC similarly to
what was already done with the CMAC-based GKDF/MIC.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The recently added ProxyARP support (proxy_arp=1) in hostapd allows a
STA IPv4 address to be learned from DHCP or ARP messages. If that
information is available, add it to Account-Request messages in
Framed-IP-Address attribute.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The new hostapd configuration parameter no_probe_resp_if_max_sta=1 can
be used to request hostapd not to reply to broadcast Probe Request
frames from unassociated STA if there is no room for additional stations
(max_num_sta). This can be used to discourage a STA from trying to
associate with this AP if the association would be rejected due to
maximum STA limit.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If hostapd or wpa_supplicant is built from a git repository, add a
VERSION_STR postfix from the current git branch state. This is from "git
describe --dirty=+". VERSION_STR will thus look something like
"2.6-devel-hostap_2_5-132-g4363c0d+" for development builds from a
modified repository.
This behavior is enabled automatically if a build within git repository
is detected (based on ../.git existing). This can be disabled with
CONFIG_NO_GITVER=y in wpa_supplicant/.config and hostapd/.config.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
On TPK lifetime expiration, tear down the direct link before renewing
the link in the case of TDLS initiator processing. The expired key
cannot be used anymore, so it is better to explicitly tear down the old
link first.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This improves robustness of GO Negotiation in special cases where GO
Negotiation Request frames from the peer may end up getting delivered
multiple times, e.g., due to interference and retransmitted frames not
getting properly filtered out in duplicate detection (which is something
that number of drivers do not implement for pre-associated state).
If we have already replied with GO Negotiation Response frame with
Status 1 (not yet ready), do not reply to another GO Negotiation Request
frame from the peer if we have already received authorization from the
user (P2P_CONNECT command) for group formation and have sent out our GO
Negotiation Request frame. This avoids a possible sequence where two
independent GO Negotiation instances could go through in parallel if the
MAC address based rule on avoiding duplicate negotiations is not able to
prevent the case. This can allow GO Negotiation to complete successfully
whereas the previous behavior would have likely resulted in a failure
with neither device sending a GO Negotiation Confirm frame.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Some drivers (like mac80211) do not accept changing the TX bitrate mask
before the network interface is up. Thus, calling
nl80211_disable_11b_rates() before the interface is up fails, and the
P2P network interface continues to use invalid bitrates.
To fix this call nl80211_disable_11b_rates() immediately after the
interface is brought up (and also after rfkill is unblocked).
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
While testing, I noticed that printf_encode() makes control characters
human-readable, with one exemption, the DEL character (ASCII 127).
Assuming this exemption was unintentional, make it appear as an escaped
\x7f instead of a literal DEL character in the output.
Signed-off-by: Josh Lehan <krellan@krellan.net>
atheros_set_opt_ie() needs to be called before freeing drv->wpa_ie to
avoid hitting double-free on the deinit path. Similarly,
drv->wps_beacon_ie and drv->wps_probe_resp_ie could have been used after
being freed. Fix these be moving the atheros_set_opt_ie() call in
atheros_deinit().
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
It is possible for a driver to support sufficient number of channels to
hit the previous limit of 200 characters for the "nl80211: Scan included
frequencies:" debug message. Increase the maximum buffer length to 300
characters to allow more complete list of scanned frequencies to be
written into the debug log. This limit is more in line with the
MAX_REPORT_FREQS (50) limit.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
In addition to the PTK length increasing, the length of the PMK was
increased (from 256 to 384 bits) for the 00-0f-ac:12 AKM. This part was
missing from the initial implementation and a fixed length (256-bit) PMK
was used for all AKMs.
Fix this by adding more complete support for variable length PMK and use
384 bits from MSK instead of 256 bits when using this AKM. This is not
backwards compatible with the earlier implementations.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The previous implementation used an obsolete sm->eapol_key_crypt pointer
which was not set anywhere (i.e., was always NULL). In addition, the
condition of sm->eap_if->eapKeyAvailable was not valid here since this
is the case of MSK from an external authentication server and not the
internal EAP server. Consequently, the wpa_auth_pmksa_add() call here
was never used.
The PMKSA cache was still added, but it happened at the completion of
the 4-way handshake rather than at the completion of EAP authentication.
That later location looks better, so delete the unreachable code in
Access-Accept handling. In addition, remove the now complete unused
struct eapol_state_machine eapol_key_* variables.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
With driver wrappers that implement set_privacy(), set_generic_elem(),
set_ieee8021x(), or set_ap_wps_ie(), it was possible to hit a NULL
pointer dereference in error cases where interface setup failed and
the network configuration used WPA/WPA2, IEEE 802.1X, or WPS.
Fix this by skipping the driver operations in case the driver interface
is not initialized.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Don't add unnecessary P2PS follow-on PD Request attributes when
the request status is not P2P_SC_SUCCESS_DEFERRED.
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
In P2PS PD Request processing in some error case scenarios, such as
verification of the WPS config method, the flow aborts before saving
mandatory P2PS PD Request attributes. This in turn causes the control
interface notification events to be sent with invalid parameters.
Fix this by changing the order of verification and processing steps of
the PD Request message handling.
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
On successful P2P PD, report the chosen frequency in case the local
device is going to be the P2P GO, so in can later be used to instantiate
the new P2P GO, etc.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
In case the P2PS PD Response includes the P2P Channel List attribute,
update the peer device supported channels and verify that the local
device has common channels with the peer (only a sanity check).
If the Operating Channel attribute is included in the response, check
that it is included in the intersection and store it as the peer's
operating frequency (so it could later be used in the join flow, etc.).
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
In case the P2PS PD Request includes the P2P Channel List attribute,
update the peer device supported channels and check if we have common
channels with the peer that can be used for the connection establishment
based on the connection capabilities:
1. In case of P2PS PD Request with no common channels, defer
the flow unless auto accept equals true and the connection
capabilities equals NEW (in which case the channels would be
negotiated in the GO Negotiation).
2. In case of Follow up P2PS PD Request with no common channels,
reject the request unless the connection capability is NEW.
In addition, in case of a successful P2PS PD, save the device
operating frequency (so it can be later used for join flow, etc.).
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Add operating channel selection and channel list processing similar to
that done when building GO Negotiation Request, i.e., consider the
currently used channels, configured channels, etc.
P2PS introduces a flow where a responder needs to provide channel data
without being previously aware of the current constraints, i.e., the
channels currently in use by other interfaces. To handle this, extend
the get_group_capability() callback to also handle channel selection
aspects of group capabilities.
In case there is an active P2P GO that is going to be used for the P2PS
PD, force its current operating frequency in the PD attributes.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
If a Provision Discovery Request is received for an unknown peer, a new
device entry is being added, but the flow continues without updating the
local p2p_device pointer, requiring to check the pointer value before
every access.
1. Change this, so once a device is added, the flow updates the local
p2p_device pointer and avoids the checks later in the flow.
2. If the device is not known even after adding it, skip the processing,
send the PD Response, and return.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
It is possible that p2p_build_prov_disc_resp() is called with a NULL
device entry, which might be dereferenced when calling
p2p->cfg->get_persistent_group() for the P2PS with persistent group
case. Fix this by checking the device pointer before accessing it.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Write a text version of the content type and handshake type in debug log
to make it easier to follow TLS exchange.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The utf8_string_len comparison was off by one and ended up accepting a
truncated three-byte encoded UTF-8 character at the end of the string if
the octet was missing. Since the password string gets null terminated in
the configuration, this did not result in reading beyond the buffer, but
anyway, it is better to explicitly reject the string rather than try to
use an incorrectly encoded UTF-8 string as the password.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
BoringSSL has removed the OpenSSL OCSP implementation (OCSP_*()
functions) and instead, provides only a minimal mechanism for include
the status request extension and fetching the response from the server.
As such, the previous OpenSSL-based implementation for OCSP stapling is
not usable with BoringSSL.
Add a new implementation that uses BoringSSL to request and fetch the
OCSP stapling response and then parse and validate this with the new
implementation within wpa_supplicant. While this may not have identical
behavior with the OpenSSL-based implementation, this should be a good
starting point for being able to use OCSP stapling with BoringSSL.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Validate that all the required attributes appear in a P2PS PD Request,
and in addition, in the case of follow-on PD Request, check that the
given values match those of the original PD Request.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
When a follow-on PD request is received, peer should not send a
follow-on PD response except the case when the PD request status value
is 12 (Success: accepted by user). Previously, the wpa_supplicant
implementation behaved differently sending the follow-on PD Response on
any follow-on PD Request.
Fix the issue by adding the following changes:
1. Don't send PD Response if the follow-on PD Request status is
different than 12 (seeker side).
2. Don't wait for the follow-on PD Response if the follow-on PD
Request was sent with the status different than 12 (advertiser
side).
3. If the follow-on PD Request was sent with the status different
than 12 use the follow-on PD Request ACK as PD completion event
(advertiser side).
4. Notify ASP about the PD completion by sending P2PS-PROV-DONE with
the PD Request status (advertiser side).
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
It is expected that p2p_flush() should stop any ongoing p2p operation.
However, this was not the case with extended listen which was not
cancelled on p2p_flush() flows. Fix this, by cancelling the extended
listen in p2p_flush().
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
The new hostapd configuration parameter anqp_elem can now be used to
configure arbitrary ANQP-elements for the GAS/ANQP server. In addition
to supporting new elements, this can be used to override previously
supported elements if some special values are needed (mainly for testing
purposes).
The parameter uses following format:
anqp_elem=<InfoID>:<hexdump of payload>
For example, AP Geospatial Location ANQP-element with unknown location:
anqp_elem=265:0000
and AP Civic Location ANQP-element with unknown location:
anqp_elem=266:000000
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The switch to BoringSSL broke keystore-backed keys because
wpa_supplicant was using the dynamic ENGINE loading to load
the keystore module.
The ENGINE-like functionality in BoringSSL is much simpler
and this change should enable it.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
Some devices cannot respond to inactive client probe (empty data frame)
within one second. For example, iPhone may take up to 3 secs. This
becomes a significant problem when ap_max_inactivity is set to lower
value such as 10 secs. iPhone can lose Wi-Fi connection after ~1 min
of user inactivity.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Ivanov <dima@ubnt.com>
On RADIUS auth/acct failures hostapd will try a new server if one is
available. Reuse the failover logic to force a socket renewal if only
one RADIUS server is configured.
This fixes problems when a route for the RADIUS server gets added after
the socket was "connected". The RADIUS socket is still sending the
RADIUS requests out using the previous route.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
IEEE Std 802.11-2012 13.3.1 states that the AID should be generated on
the local node for each peer. Previously, we were using the peer link ID
(generated by the peer) which may not be unique among all peers. Correct
this by reusing the AP AID generation code.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Commit d66dcb0d0b ('WEP: Remove VLAN
support from hostapd') already removed VLAN support for WEP encryption,
so vlan_setup_encryption_dyn() is no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
This ensures that group key is set as long as the interface exists.
Additionally, ifconfig_up is needed as wpa_group will enter
FATAL_FAILURE if the interface is still down. Also vlan_remove_dynamic()
is moved after wpa_auth_sta_deinit() so vlan_remove_dynamic() can check
it was the last user of the wpa_group.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
Some APs don't include a CSA IE when an ECSA IE is generated,
and mac80211 used to fail following their channel switch. Add
a testing option to hostapd to allow reproducing the behavior.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Fix and extend the ieee80211_freq_to_channel_ext() function to deal
correctly with VHT operating classes (128, 129, 130).
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
The CSA channel and operating class values need to be set for all types
of channel switch (i.e., either if it's triggered by the control
interfaces or due to the GO-follows-STA flow). To do so, move the code
that sets them from the GO-follows-STA flow to the more generic
hostapd_fill_csa_settings() function.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
The hostapd_hw_get_channel() function can't be used to convert center
frequencies to channel numbers, because the hw mode lists don't have all
the center frequencies. The hw mode lists have the main channel
frequencies and flags to indicate the channel topography.
For instance, channel 5805 with VHT80- has the channel center frequency
segment 0 at 5775. This segment is only indicated indirectly in the hw
mode list by the HOSTAPD_CHAN_VHT_50_30 flag. The hw mode list doesn't
have any elements with frequency 5775 to allow the conversion to a
channel number. Thus, we need to use ieee80211_freq_to_chan() instead.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Pass to the driver a list of CSA counter offsets when sending Probe
Response frames during a CSA period. This allows the kernel to correctly
update the CSA/eCSA elements.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Some management frames contain CSA counters which should be updated by
kernel. Change driver op send_mlme() allowing to send a frame,
specifying an array of offsets to the CSA counters which should be
updated. For example, CSA offsets parameters should be specified when
sending Probe Response frames during CSA period.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Advertise current operating class in Beacon and Probe Response frames.
This Supported Operating Classes element is required by the standard
when extended channel switch is supported. However, since this element
doesn't reflect correctly the sub-band spectrum breakdown and can't be
effectively used by clients, publish only the minimal required part
which is the current operating class.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Fix the order of CSA, eCSA, Secondary Channel Offset, and Wide Bandwidth
Channel Switch Wrapper elements in Beacon and Probe Response frames.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Add new GO frequency move policy. The P2P_GO_FREQ_MOVE_SCM_ECSA prefers
SCM if all the clients advertise eCSA support and the candidate
frequency is one of the group common frequencies.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Extended channel switch provides an ability to switch between operating
classes and is required for P2P Devices by the P2P specification when
switching in 5 GHz.
When the operating class is provided for channel switch, the AP/P2P GO
will use eCSA IE in addition to the regular CSA IE both on 2.4 GHz and 5
GHz bands.
Transitions between different hw_modes are not supported.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Channel switch may be performed using both CSA and eCSA IEs together.
This may happen, for example with a P2P GO on band A with legacy
clients. Extend driver API to support up to 2 CSA counters.
This patch also includes the required implementation for nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
When building Beacon and Probe Response frames for the target channel,
consider bandwidth parameter for VHT channels. In addition, add support
for updating vht_oper_centr_freq_seg0_idx and
vht_oper_centr_freq_seg1_idx.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
When switching to a VHT channel with width greater than 20 MHz, add Wide
Bandwidth Channel Switch element. This element is added in Beacon and
Probe Response frames inside Channel Switch Wrapper element.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
When CSA is started, hostapd_change_config_freq() computes the channel
from the provided frequency. Use this stored channel to add CSA IE in
Beacon frames, instead of recomputing the channel each time.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
All the other web_connection_parse_*() functions were already doing
this, so make the GET handler consistent as well.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit 7d711541dc ('Clear TK part of PTK
after driver key configuration') started clearing TK from memory
immediately after having configured it to the driver when processing
EAPOL-Key message 3/4. While this covered the most common case, it did
not take into account the possibility of the authenticator having to
retry EAPOL-Key message 3/4 in case the first EAPOL-Key message 4/4
response is lost. That case ended up trying to reinstall the same TK to
the driver, but the key was not available anymore.
Fix the EAPOL-Key message 3/4 retry case by configuring TK to the driver
only once. There was no need to try to set the same key after each
EAPOL-Key message 3/4 since TK could not change. If actual PTK rekeying
is used, the new TK will be configured once when processing the new
EAPOL-Key message 3/4 for the first time.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows the binary sizes to be reduced if no support for nl80211
vendor extensions are needed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Allow wpa_supplicant to use vendor scan (if supported by the driver)
together with the normal nl80211 scan and handling external scan events.
Since this results in possibility of concurrent scan operations, some of
the operations related to scan results need to check more carefully when
an event is relevant for a specific interface.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This commit contains the necessary changes for supporting the QCA vendor
scan implementation, i.e., sending the vendor scan command to underlying
driver and handling the vendor scan events from the driver.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Introduce definitions for QCA vendor specific subcommands
and attributes to support vendor scan request.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This fixes an issue where hostapd SET command is used to configure RSN
parameters and the wpa parameter is sent after the other parameters.
Previously, the default case here ended up clearing rsn_pairwise and
wpa_pairwise values and once wpa=2 was finally set, the cipher
configuration had already been lost.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Split chown() call in wpa_ctrl_open() and wpa_ctrl_open2() to allow the
group id to be set even if the process does not have privileges to
change the owner. This is needed for modules that need to communicate
with wpa_supplicant since without the group change, wpa_supplicant may
not have privileges to send the response to a control interface command.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously, station's VHT information elements were copied and passed
regardless of the AP's VHT configuration. As a result, AP with VHT
disabled in configuration could have ended up transmitting packets in
VHT rates though AP is not advertising VHT support. Fix this by copying
the station's VHT capabilities only when AP supports VHT (both hardware
and configuration).
Signed-off-by: Ashok Raj Nagarajan <arnagara@qti.qualcomm.com>
The GTK value received in RSN (WPA2) group rekeying did not use the
wpa_hexdump_key() version of debug printing that is conditional on -K
being included on the command line.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Use shorter variables for storing the attribute lengths and group these
variables together to allow compiler to pack them more efficiently. This
reduces the struct size from 960 bytes to 760 bytes in 64-bit builds.
This reduces stack use in number of functions.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
There is no need to maintain two concurrent instances of struct
wps_parse_attr in this function. Share a single structure for parsing
both IEs.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reset hapd->num_probereq_cb to 0 on an interface deinit to avoid
unexpected behavior if the same interface is enabled again without fully
freeing the data structures. hostapd_register_probereq_cb() increments
hapd->num_probereq_cb by one and leaves all old values unchanged. In
this deinit+init case, that would result in the first entry in the list
having an uninitialized pointer and the next Probe Request frame
processing would likely cause the process to terminate on segmentation
fault.
This issue could be hit when hostapd was used with WPS enabled (non-zero
wps_state configuration parameter) and control interface command DISABLE
and ENABLE were used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This is needed to allow new operation to be started after an error
without having to wait for the AP entry to time out.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
wpa_supplicant_parse_ies() was never supposed to be used as a generic IE
parser, i.e., it is for the specific purpose of parsing EAPOL-Key Key
Data IEs and KDEs. TDLS used this function for parsing generic AP IEs
and while that works, it resulted in confusing "WPA: Unrecognized
EAPOL-Key Key Data IE" debug messages. Clean this up by using
ieee802_11_parse_elems() for the cases where generic IEs are being
parsed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This extends the previous tracking design to add a station entry based
on other management frames than Probe Request frames. For example, this
covers a case where the station is using passive scanning.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The new no_auth_if_seen_on=<ifname> parameter can now be used to
configure hostapd to reject authentication from a station that was seen
on another radio.
This can be used with enabled track_sta_max_num configuration on another
interface controlled by the same hostapd process to reject
authentication attempts from a station that has been detected to be
capable of operating on another band, e.g., to try to reduce likelihood
of the station selecting a 2.4 GHz BSS when the AP operates both a 2.4
GHz and 5 GHz BSS concurrently.
Note: Enabling this can cause connectivity issues and increase latency for
connecting with the AP.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This allows control interface monitors to get more detailed information
in cases where wpa_supplicant-based SME receives an Authentication frame
with non-zero status code.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The new no_probe_resp_if_seen_on=<ifname> parameter can now be used to
configure hostapd to not reply to group-addressed Probe Request from a
station that was seen on another radio.
This can be used with enabled track_sta_max_num configuration on another
interface controlled by the same hostapd process to restrict Probe
Request frame handling from replying to group-addressed Probe Request
frames from a station that has been detected to be capable of operating
on another band, e.g., to try to reduce likelihood of the station
selecting a 2.4 GHz BSS when the AP operates both a 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz
BSS concurrently.
Note: Enabling this can cause connectivity issues and increase latency
for discovering the AP.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
hostapd can now be configured to track unconnected stations based on
Probe Request frames seen from them. This can be used, e.g., to detect
dualband capable station before they have associated. Such information
could then be used to provide guidance on which colocated BSS to use in
case of a dualband AP that operates concurrently on multiple bands under
the control of a single hostapd process.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
For now, there is no support for passing extended_capa pointers through
the driver_privsep.c interface from wpa_priv. Avoid leaving bogus
pointers by explicitly clearing these on both wpa_priv and
wpa_supplicant sides.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
DSSS/CCK rate support in 40 MHz has to be set to 0 for 5 GHz band since
this mechanism is designed only for the 2.4 GHz band. Clear
HT_CAP_INFO_DSSS_CCK40MHZ in ht_capab when the configured mode is
neither 11b nor 11g.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
This adds a new helper function wpa_ctrl_open2() that can be used
instead of wpa_ctrl_open() to override the default client socket
directory. Add optional -s<directory path> argument to hostapd_cli and
wpa_cli to allow the client socket directory to be specified.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
No need to have a common failure handler if it is used from only a
single location and that lcoation does not even need the memory freeing
step.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Previously, the EAP-WSC peer state machine ended up just ignoring an
error and waiting for a new message from the AP. This is not going to
recover the exchange, so simply force the connection to terminate
immediately.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The hbp pointer is moved to the next space already earlier in this code
path, so the while loop here did not really do anything.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
It was possible for wpa_auth_sm_event(WPA_DEAUTH) to be called from
wpa_sm_step() iteration in the case the EAPOL authenticator state
machine ended up requesting the station to be disconnected. This
resulted in unnecessary recursive call to wpa_sm_step(). Avoid this by
using the already running call to process the state change.
It was possible to hit this sequence in the hwsim test case
ap_wpa2_eap_eke_server_oom.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Clearing keyRun here is not specified in IEEE Std 802.1X-2004, but it
looks like this would be logical thing to do here since the EAPOL-Key
exchange is not possible in this state. It is possible to get here on
disconnection event without advancing to the AUTHENTICATING state to
clear keyRun before the IEEE 802.11 RSN authenticator state machine runs
and that may advance from AUTHENTICATION2 to INITPMK if keyRun = TRUE
has been left from the last association. This can be avoided by clearing
keyRun here.
It was possible to hit this corner case in the hwsim test case
ap_wpa2_eap_eke_server_oom in the case getKey operation was forced to
fail memory allocation. The following association resulted in the
station getting disconnected when entering INITPMK without going through
EAP authentication.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows an empty nested list (i.e., no MAC addresses) to be included
in the NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL message unlike with
nla_nest_start()/nla_nest_end() where the current libnl implementation
removes the "empty" attribute and causes cfg80211 to reject the command.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
While the EAPOL-Key MIC derivation was already changed from SHA256 to
SHA384 for the Suite B 192-bit AKM, KDF had not been updated similarly.
Fix this by using HMAC-SHA384 instead of HMAC-SHA256 when deriving PTK
from PMK when using the Suite B 192-bit AKM.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Config file is written to a temp file and then it is renamed to the
original config file. However, it is possible that the rename operation
will be commited to storage while file data will be still in cache
causing original config file to be empty or partially written in case of
a system reboot without a clean shutdown. Make this less likely to occur
by forcing the data to be written to the storage device before renaming
the file.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
Commit 7da4f4b499 ('WPS: Check maximum
HTTP body length earlier in the process') added too strict check for
body length allocation. The comparison of new_alloc_nbytes against
h->max_bytes did not take into account that HTTPREAD_BODYBUF_DELTA was
added to previous allocation even if that ended up going beyond
h->max_bytes. This ended up rejecting some valid HTTP operations, e.g.,
when checking AP response to WPS ER setting selected registrar.
Fix this by taking HTTPREAD_BODYBUF_DELTA into account.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit de2a7b796d ('OpenSSL: Use
connection certificate chain with PKCS#12 extra certs') added a new
mechanism for doing this with OpenSSL 1.0.2 and newer. However, it did
not poinr out anything in debug log if SSL_add1_chain_cert() failed. Add
such a debug print and also silence static analyzer warning on res being
stored without being read (since the error case is ignored at least for
now).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This can be used to limit TLS session resumption within a TLS library
implementation to apply only for the cases where the same EAP method is
used. While the EAP server method matching will be enforced separately
by EAP server method implementations, this additional steps can optimize
cases by falling back to full authentication instead of having to reject
attempts after having completed session resumption successfully.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The new tls_connection_set_success_data(),
tls_connection_set_success_data_resumed(),
tls_connection_get_success_data(), and tls_connection_remove_session()
functions can be used to mark cached sessions valid and to remove
invalid cached sessions. This commit is only adding empty functions. The
actual functionality will be implemented in followup commits.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This new hostapd configuration parameter can be used to enable TLS
session resumption. This commit adds the configuration parameter through
the configuration system and RADIUS/EAPOL/EAP server components. The
actual changes to enable session caching will be addressed in followup
commits.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The EAP server is not yet capable of using TLS session ticket to resume
a session. Explicitly disable use of TLS session ticket with
EAP-TLS/TTLS/PEAP to avoid wasting resources on generating a session
ticket that cannot be used for anything.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
BoringSSL does not support 192-bit AES, so these parts of the
wpa_supplicant module tests would fail.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This is needed at least with BoringSSL to avoid accepting OCSP-required
configuration with a TLS library that does not support OCSP stapling.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Unlike OpenSSL PKCS12_parse(), the BoringSSL version seems to require
the password pointer to be non-NULL even if no password is present. Map
passwrd == NULL to passwd = "" to avoid a NULL pointer dereference
within BoringSSL.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
BoringSSL commit 533ef7304d9b48aad38805f1997031a0a034d7fe ('Remove
SSL_clear calls in handshake functions.') triggered a regression for
EAP-TLS/TTLS/PEAP session resumption in wpa_supplicant due to the
removed SSL_clear() call in ssl3_connect() going away and wpa_supplicant
not calling SSL_clear() after SSL_shutdown(). Fix this by adding the
SSL_clear() call into wpa_supplicant after SSL_shutdown() when preparing
the ssl instance for another connection.
While OpenSSL is still call SSL_clear() in ssl3_connect(), it looks to
be safe to add this call to wpa_supplicant unconditionally.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This function does not seem to be available in BoringSSL. Since it is
needed for EAP-FAST (which is not currently working with BoringSSL),
address this by commenting out the EAP-FAST specific step from builds
that do not include EAP-FAST support.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
It looks like BoringSSL does include that function even though it claims
support for OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER where this is available (1.0.2). For
now, comment out that call to fix build.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
It looks like BoringSSL has removed the AES_wrap_key(), AES_unwrap_key()
API. This broke wpa_supplicant/hostapd build since those functions from
OpenSSL were used to replace the internal AES key wrap implementation.
Add a new build configuration option
(CONFIG_OPENSSL_INTERNAL_AES_WRAP=y) to allow the internal
implementation to be used with CONFIG_OPENSSL=y build to allow build
against the latest BoringSSL version.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 6959145b86 ('FST: Integration into
hostapd') introduced this duplicated call due to an incorrect merge
conflict resolution in ap_sta_set_authorized(). An earlier commit
61fc90483f ('P2P: Handle improper WPS
termination on GO during group formation') had moved this call to an
earlier location in the function and there is no point in re-introducing
another copy of the call at the end of the function.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Couple of the for-each-interface loops used incorrect return value when
skipping over non-WPS interfaces. This could result in skipping some WPS
interfaces in the loop and returning error. Setting AP PIN did not check
for WPS being enabled at all and trigger a NULL pointer dereference if
non-WPS interface was enabled.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Incorrect number of bytes was skipped from the beginning of the line
which resulted in the loop skipping spaces doing nothing. However, the
following operation was simply looking for the max-age parameter with
os_strstr(), so this did not have any effect on functionality. Fix the
number of bytes to skip and remove the unneeded loop to skip spaces.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
It was possible for the Hotspot 2.0 case of OSU user interaction to fail
with wpadebug browser due to permission denial in the "start" command
("java.lang.SecurityException: Permission Denial: startActivity asks to
run as user -2 but is calling from user 0; this requires
android.permission.INTERACT_ACROSS_USERS_FULL"). Avoid this by using
more flexible USER_CURRENT_OR_SELF (-3) value with the --user argument.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
cfg80211 sends TSF information with the attribute NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF
if the scan results include information from Beacon frame. Probe
Response frame information is included in NL80211_BSS_TSF. If the device
receives only Beacon frames, NL80211_BSS_TSF might not carry updated
TSF, which results an older TSF being used in wpa_supplicant. Fetch both
possible TSF values (if available) and choose the latest TSF for the BSS
entry.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
When using P2P invitation to re-invoke a persistent P2P group without
specifying the operating channel, query the driver for the preferred
frequency list, and use it to select the operating channel of the group.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
When using OpenSSL 1.0.2 or newer, this replaces the older
SSL_CTX_add_extra_chain_cert() design with SSL_add1_chain_cert() to keep
the extra chain certificates out from SSL_CTX and specific to each
connection. In addition, build and rearrange extra certificates with
SSL_build_cert_chain() to avoid incorrect certificates and incorrect
order of certificates in the TLS handshake.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Previously, the possible extra certificate(s) from a PKCS#12 file was
added once for each authentication attempt. This resulted in OpenSSL
concatenating the certificates multiple time (add one copy for each try
during the wpa_supplicant process lifetime). Fix this by clearing the
extra chain certificates before adding new ones when using OpenSSL 1.0.1
or newer that include the needed function.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This code path could not be hit with the RSNE generated by hostapd or
wpa_supplicant, but it is now possible to reach when using
own_ie_override test functionality. The RSNE and IE buffer length were
not updated correct in case wpa_insert_pmkid() had to add the RSN
Capabilities field.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This allows the new own_ie_override=<hexdump> configuration parameter to
be used to replace the normally generated WPA/RSN IE(s) for testing
purposes in CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y builds.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The PMKIDCount, PMKID List, and Group Management Cipher Suite fields are
optional to include in the RSNE in cases where these would not have
values that are different from the default values. In practice,
PMKIDCount is always 0 in Beacon and Probe Response frames, so the only
field of these that could have a non-default value is Group Management
Cipher Suite. When BIP is used, that field is not needed either due to
BIP being the default cipher when PMF is enabled.
Remove these fields from RSNE when BIP is used to save six octets in
Beacon and Probe Response frames. In addition to reduced frame length,
this is a workaround for interoperability issues with iOS 8.4 in cases
where FT and PMF are enabled. iOS seems to be rejecting EAPOL-Key msg
3/4 during FT initial mobility domain association if the RSNE includes
the PMKIDCount field.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This is similar to the earlier commit
b363121a20 ('WPS: Reject invalid
credential more cleanly'), but for the AP cases where AP settings are
being replaced. Previously, the new settings were taken into use even if
the invalid PSK/passphrase had to be removed. Now, the settings are
rejected with such an invalid configuration.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Use NULL to indicate if the address is not available instead of fixed
00:00:00:00:00:00. wpas_p2ps_prov_complete() already had code for
converting NULL to that all zeros address for event messages.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Change P2PS P2P-PROV-SHOW-PIN/P2P-PROV-ENTER-PIN event notifications
on PD Request/Response handling to meet required P2PS behavior.
The new implemented scheme:
1. For a legacy P2P provision discovery the event behavior remains
without changes
2. P2PS PD, advertiser method: DISPLAY, autoaccept: TRUE:
Advertiser: SHOW-PIN on PD request replied with a status SUCCESS
Seeker: ENTER-PIN on PD response received with a status SUCCESS
3. P2PS PD, advertiser method: DISPLAY, autoaccept: FALSE:
Advertiser: SHOW-PIN on PD request replied with a status
INFO_CURRENTLY_UNAVAILABLE
Seeker: ENTER-PIN on Follow-on PD request with a status
SUCCESS_DEFERRED
4. P2PS PD, advertiser method: KEYPAD, autoaccept: TRUE/FALSE:
Advertiser: ENTER-PIN on PD request replied with a status
INFO_CURRENTLY_UNAVAILABLE
Seeker: SHOW-PIN on PD response received with a status
INFO_CURRENTLY_UNAVAILABLE
This change in behavior breaks the existing test cases
p2ps_connect_keypad_method_nonautoaccept and
p2ps_connect_display_method_nonautoaccept. Those will be fixed in a
followup commit.
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Add a function to compute the group common frequencies, and
use it to update the group_common_frequencies as part of the
channel switch flows.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Add ieee80211_freq_to_channel_ext() conversion function into
ieee802_11_common.c. This function converts freq to channel and
additionally computes operating class, based on provided HT and VHT
parameters.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
